blob: a6b409b99face8db11281626e7196d0810ab7a8c [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +000015#include "SemaInit.h"
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +000016#include "Lookup.h"
Chris Lattnercb6a3822006-11-10 06:20:45 +000017#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar6e8aa532008-08-11 05:35:13 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000020#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff021ca182008-05-29 21:12:08 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000022#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +000023#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000024#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000025#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
26#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000027#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner07d754a2008-10-26 23:43:26 +000028#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000029#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Douglas Gregorb53edfb2009-11-10 19:49:08 +000030#include "clang/Parse/Template.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000031using namespace clang;
32
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +000033
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000034/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
35/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
36///
37/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
38/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
39/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
40/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
41/// function is being used.
42///
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000043/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
44/// decls.
45///
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000046/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
47/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000048///
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000049bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000050 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000051 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000052 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000053 }
54
Chris Lattnera27dd592009-10-25 17:21:40 +000055 // See if the decl is unavailable
56 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
57 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
58 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
59 }
60
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000061 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000062 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000063 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
64 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
65 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
66 return true;
67 }
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000068 }
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000069
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000070 return false;
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000071}
72
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000073/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000074/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000075/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
76///
77void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000078 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000079 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000080 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000081 return;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000082 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
83 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000084
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +000085 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
86 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000087 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +000088 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
89 int isMethod = 0;
90 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
91 // skip over named parameters.
92 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
93 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
94 if (nullPos)
95 --nullPos;
96 else
97 ++i;
98 }
99 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
100 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000101 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000102 // skip over named parameters.
103 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
104 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
105 if (nullPos)
106 --nullPos;
107 else
108 ++i;
109 }
110 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000111 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000112 // block or function pointer call.
113 QualType Ty = V->getType();
114 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000115 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000116 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
117 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000118 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
119 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
120 unsigned k;
121 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
122 if (nullPos)
123 --nullPos;
124 else
125 ++i;
126 }
127 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
128 }
129 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
130 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000131 } else
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000132 return;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000133 } else
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000134 return;
135
136 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000137 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000138 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000139 return;
140 }
141 int sentinel = i;
142 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
143 --sentinelPos;
144 ++i;
145 }
146 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
147 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000148 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000149 return;
150 }
151 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
152 ++i;
153 ++sentinel;
154 }
155 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
Anders Carlsson0b11a3e2009-11-24 17:24:21 +0000156 if (sentinelExpr && (!isa<GNUNullExpr>(sentinelExpr) &&
157 (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
158 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
159 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)))) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000160 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000161 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000162 }
163 return;
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000164}
165
Douglas Gregor87f95b02009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000166SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
167 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
168 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
169}
170
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000171//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
172// Standard Promotions and Conversions
173//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
174
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000175/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
176void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
177 QualType Ty = E->getType();
178 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
179
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000180 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000181 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlsson6904f642009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000182 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000183 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
184 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
185 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
186 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
187 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
188 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
189 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9321c742008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000190 //
191 // C++ 4.2p1:
192 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
193 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
194 //
195 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
196 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson8fc489d2009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000197 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
198 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000199 }
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000200}
201
202/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000203/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000204/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
205/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
206/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
207Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
208 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
209 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000210
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000211 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
212 //
213 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
214 // unsigned int may be used:
215 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
216 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
217 // and unsigned int.
218 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
219 //
220 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
221 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
222 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
223 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000224 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
225 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000226 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000227 return Expr;
228 }
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000229 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000230 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000231 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000232 return Expr;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000233 }
234
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000235 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000236 return Expr;
237}
238
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000239/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000240/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000241/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
242void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
243 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
244 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000245
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000246 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000247 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000248 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000249 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
250 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000251
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000252 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
253}
254
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000255/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
256/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
257/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
258/// completely illegal.
259bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000260 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000261
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000262 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType() &&
263 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
264 PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
265 << Expr->getType() << CT))
266 return true;
Douglas Gregor7ca84af2009-12-12 07:25:49 +0000267
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000268 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType() &&
269 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
270 PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
271 << Expr->getType() << CT))
272 return true;
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000273
274 return false;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000275}
276
277
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000278/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
279/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000280/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000281/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
282/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
283/// GCC.
284QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
285 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000286 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000287 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000288
289 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000290
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000291 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000292 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000293 QualType lhs =
294 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000295 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000296 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000297
298 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
299 if (lhs == rhs)
300 return lhs;
301
302 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
303 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
304 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
305 return lhs;
306
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000307 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000308 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000309 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
310 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000311 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000312 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
313 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
314
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000315 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000316 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000317 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
318 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000319 return destType;
320}
321
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000322//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
323// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
324//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
325
326
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000327/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000328/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
329/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
330/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
331/// string.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000332///
333Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000334Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000335 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
336
Chris Lattner8a24e582009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000337 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Steve Naroff4f88b312007-03-13 22:37:02 +0000338 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000339 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000340
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +0000341 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000342 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
343 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000344
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000345 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscbad7252008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000346 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000347 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000348
349 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
350 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
351 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000352
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000353 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
354 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
355 // strings.
356 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerd42c29f2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000357 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000358 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000359
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000360 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000361 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattnerf83b5af2009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000362 Literal.GetStringLength(),
363 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
364 &StringTokLocs[0],
365 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000366}
367
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000368/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
369/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
370/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
371/// for values inside the block or for globals).
372///
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000373/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
374/// up-to-date.
375///
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000376static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
377 ValueDecl *VD) {
378 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
379 // we wanted to.
380 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
381 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000382
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000383 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
384 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
385 return false;
386
387 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
388 // snapshot it.
389 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
390 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000391 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
392 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000393
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000394 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
395 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
396
397 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
398 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
399 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
400 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
401 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
402 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
403 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
404 // having a reference outside it.
405 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
406 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000407
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000408 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
409 // a snapshot as well.
410 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
411 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000412
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000413 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000414}
415
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000416
417
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000418/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000419Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallce546572009-12-08 09:08:17 +0000420Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000421 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000422 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
423 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000424 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000425 << D->getDeclName();
426 return ExprError();
427 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000428
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000429 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
430 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
431 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
432 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000433 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000434 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000435 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000436 << D->getIdentifier();
437 return ExprError();
438 }
439 }
440 }
441 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000442
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000443 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000444
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000445 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
446 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
447 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregored6c7442009-11-23 11:41:28 +0000448 D, Loc, Ty));
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000449}
450
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000451/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
452/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
453/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000454static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
455 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000456 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000457 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000458
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000459 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
460 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
461 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000462 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000463 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000464 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000465 D != DEnd; ++D) {
466 if (*D == Record) {
467 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
468 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
469 ++D;
470 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000471 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000472 return *D;
473 }
474 }
475
476 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
477 return 0;
478}
479
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000480/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
481/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
482/// actual member.
483///
484/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
485/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
486/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
487/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
488/// we found.
489///
490/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
491/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
492/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
493VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
494 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000495 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
496 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
497 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
498
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000499 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000500 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
501 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
502 do {
503 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000504 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000505 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000506 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000507 else {
508 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
509 break;
510 }
511 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000512 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000513 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000514
515 return BaseObject;
516}
517
518Sema::OwningExprResult
519Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
520 FieldDecl *Field,
521 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
522 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
523 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000524 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000525 AnonFields);
526
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000527 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
528 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
529 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
530 // found via name lookup.
531 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000532 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000533 if (BaseObject) {
534 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
535 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000536 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000537 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000538 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000539 SourceLocation());
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000540 BaseQuals
541 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000542 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
543 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
544 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
545 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
546 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000547 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000548 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
549 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
550 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000551 BaseQuals
552 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000553 } else {
554 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
555 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
556 // program our base object expression is "this".
557 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
558 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000559 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000560 = Context.getTagDeclType(
561 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
562 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000563 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000564 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
565 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
566 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000567 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000568 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000569 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
570 }
571 } else {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000572 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
573 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000574 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000575 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000576 }
577
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000578 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000579 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
580 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000581 }
582
583 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
584 // anonymous struct/union.
585 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000586 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000587 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
588 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
589 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
590 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000591 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
592 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
593
594 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
595 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
596 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
597 ResultQuals.removeConst();
598
599 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
600 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
601
602 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
603 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
604
605 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
606 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
607 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
608
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000609 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Eli Friedman78cde142009-12-04 07:18:51 +0000610 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Result, *FI);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000611 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000612 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
613 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000614 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000615 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000616 }
617
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000618 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000619}
620
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000621/// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationName, its location, and
622/// possibly a list of template arguments.
623///
624/// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
625/// DecomposeTemplateName.
626///
627/// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
628/// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
629/// some way.
630static void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Sema &SemaRef,
631 const UnqualifiedId &Id,
632 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
633 DeclarationName &Name,
634 SourceLocation &NameLoc,
635 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) {
636 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
637 Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
638 Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
639
640 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(SemaRef,
641 Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
642 Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
643 SemaRef.translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer);
644 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
645
646 TemplateName TName =
647 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
648
649 Name = SemaRef.Context.getNameForTemplate(TName);
650 NameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
651 TemplateArgs = &Buffer;
652 } else {
653 Name = SemaRef.GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
654 NameLoc = Id.StartLocation;
655 TemplateArgs = 0;
656 }
657}
658
659/// Decompose the given template name into a list of lookup results.
660///
661/// The unqualified ID must name a non-dependent template, which can
662/// be more easily tested by checking whether DecomposeUnqualifiedId
663/// found template arguments.
664static void DecomposeTemplateName(LookupResult &R, const UnqualifiedId &Id) {
665 assert(Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId);
666 TemplateName TName =
667 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
668
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000669 if (TemplateDecl *TD = TName.getAsTemplateDecl())
670 R.addDecl(TD);
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +0000671 else if (OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = TName.getAsOverloadedTemplate())
672 for (OverloadedTemplateStorage::iterator I = OT->begin(), E = OT->end();
673 I != E; ++I)
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000674 R.addDecl(*I);
John McCalla9ee3252009-11-22 02:49:43 +0000675
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000676 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000677}
678
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000679static bool IsFullyFormedScope(Sema &SemaRef, CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
680 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
681 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
682 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
683 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
684 if (!BaseRT) return false;
685
686 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
687 if (!BaseRecord->isDefinition() ||
688 !IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, BaseRecord))
689 return false;
690 }
691
692 return true;
693}
694
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000695/// Determines whether we can lookup this id-expression now or whether
696/// we have to wait until template instantiation is complete.
697static bool IsDependentIdExpression(Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000698 DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000699
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000700 // If the qualifier scope isn't computable, it's definitely dependent.
701 if (!DC) return true;
702
703 // If the qualifier scope doesn't name a record, we can always look into it.
704 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) return false;
705
706 // We can't look into record types unless they're fully-formed.
707 if (!IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))) return true;
708
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000709 return false;
710}
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000711
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000712/// Determines if the given class is provably not derived from all of
713/// the prospective base classes.
714static bool IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(Sema &SemaRef,
715 CXXRecordDecl *Record,
716 const llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> &Bases) {
John McCalla6d407c2009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000717 if (Bases.count(Record->getCanonicalDecl()))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000718 return false;
719
John McCalla6d407c2009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000720 RecordDecl *RD = Record->getDefinition(SemaRef.Context);
721 if (!RD) return false;
722 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD);
723
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000724 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
725 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
726 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
727 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
728 if (!BaseRT) return false;
729
730 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000731 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef, BaseRecord, Bases))
732 return false;
733 }
734
735 return true;
736}
737
John McCall5af04502009-12-02 20:26:00 +0000738/// Determines if this is an instance member of a class.
739static bool IsInstanceMember(NamedDecl *D) {
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +0000740 assert(D->isCXXClassMember() &&
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000741 "checking whether non-member is instance member");
742
743 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) return true;
744
745 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
746 return !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic();
747
748 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
749 D = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)->getTemplatedDecl();
750 return !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic();
751 }
752
753 return false;
754}
755
756enum IMAKind {
757 /// The reference is definitely not an instance member access.
758 IMA_Static,
759
760 /// The reference may be an implicit instance member access.
761 IMA_Mixed,
762
763 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
764 /// so, because the context is not an instance method.
765 IMA_Mixed_StaticContext,
766
767 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
768 /// so, because the context is from an unrelated class.
769 IMA_Mixed_Unrelated,
770
771 /// The reference is definitely an implicit instance member access.
772 IMA_Instance,
773
774 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration.
775 IMA_Unresolved,
776
777 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration and the
778 /// context is not an instance method.
779 IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext,
780
781 /// The reference is to a member of an anonymous structure in a
782 /// non-class context.
783 IMA_AnonymousMember,
784
785 /// All possible referrents are instance members and the current
786 /// context is not an instance method.
787 IMA_Error_StaticContext,
788
789 /// All possible referrents are instance members of an unrelated
790 /// class.
791 IMA_Error_Unrelated
792};
793
794/// The given lookup names class member(s) and is not being used for
795/// an address-of-member expression. Classify the type of access
796/// according to whether it's possible that this reference names an
797/// instance member. This is best-effort; it is okay to
798/// conservatively answer "yes", in which case some errors will simply
799/// not be caught until template-instantiation.
800static IMAKind ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(Sema &SemaRef,
801 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +0000802 assert(!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember());
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000803
804 bool isStaticContext =
805 (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) ||
806 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isStatic());
807
808 if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
809 return isStaticContext ? IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext : IMA_Unresolved;
810
811 // Collect all the declaring classes of instance members we find.
812 bool hasNonInstance = false;
813 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> Classes;
814 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
815 NamedDecl *D = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
816 if (IsInstanceMember(D)) {
817 CXXRecordDecl *R = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
818
819 // If this is a member of an anonymous record, move out to the
820 // innermost non-anonymous struct or union. If there isn't one,
821 // that's a special case.
822 while (R->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
823 R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getParent());
824 if (!R) return IMA_AnonymousMember;
825 }
826 Classes.insert(R->getCanonicalDecl());
827 }
828 else
829 hasNonInstance = true;
830 }
831
832 // If we didn't find any instance members, it can't be an implicit
833 // member reference.
834 if (Classes.empty())
835 return IMA_Static;
836
837 // If the current context is not an instance method, it can't be
838 // an implicit member reference.
839 if (isStaticContext)
840 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_StaticContext : IMA_Error_StaticContext);
841
842 // If we can prove that the current context is unrelated to all the
843 // declaring classes, it can't be an implicit member reference (in
844 // which case it's an error if any of those members are selected).
845 if (IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef,
846 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->getParent(),
847 Classes))
848 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_Unrelated : IMA_Error_Unrelated);
849
850 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed : IMA_Instance);
851}
852
853/// Diagnose a reference to a field with no object available.
854static void DiagnoseInstanceReference(Sema &SemaRef,
855 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
856 const LookupResult &R) {
857 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
858 SourceRange Range(Loc);
859 if (SS.isSet()) Range.setBegin(SS.getRange().getBegin());
860
861 if (R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>()) {
862 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)) {
863 if (MD->isStatic()) {
864 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
865 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
866 << Range << R.getLookupName();
867 return;
868 }
869 }
870
871 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
872 << R.getLookupName() << Range;
873 return;
874 }
875
876 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_call_without_object) << Range;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000877}
878
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000879/// Diagnose an empty lookup.
880///
881/// \return false if new lookup candidates were found
882bool Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
883 LookupResult &R) {
884 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
885
886 // We don't know how to recover from bad qualified lookups.
887 if (!SS.isEmpty()) {
888 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
889 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
890 << SS.getRange();
891 return true;
892 }
893
894 unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use;
895 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
896 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
897 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
898 diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use;
899
900 // Fake an unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example)
901 // the original lookup would not have found something because it was
902 // a dependent name.
903 for (DeclContext *DC = CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
904 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
905 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
906
907 if (!R.empty()) {
908 // Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup.
909 R.suppressDiagnostics();
910
911 CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
912 bool isInstance = CurMethod &&
913 CurMethod->isInstance() &&
914 DC == CurMethod->getParent();
915
916 // Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'.
917 // TODO: fixit for inserting 'Base<T>::' in the other cases.
918 // Actually quite difficult!
919 if (isInstance)
920 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name
921 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(),
922 "this->");
923 else
924 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
925
926 // Do we really want to note all of these?
927 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
928 Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_dependent_var_use);
929
930 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
931 return false;
932 }
933 }
934 }
935
936 // Give up, we can't recover.
937 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
938 return true;
939}
940
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000941Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
942 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
943 UnqualifiedId &Id,
944 bool HasTrailingLParen,
945 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
946 assert(!(isAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
947 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
948
949 if (SS.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000950 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000951
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000952 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000953
954 // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
955 DeclarationName Name;
956 SourceLocation NameLoc;
957 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000958 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
959 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000960
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000961 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000962
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000963 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
964 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
965 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
966 // names a dependent type.
967 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
968 // we need to handle these differently.
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000969 if (SS.isSet() && IsDependentIdExpression(*this, SS)) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000970 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, Name, NameLoc,
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +0000971 isAddressOfOperand,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000972 TemplateArgs);
973 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000974
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000975 // Perform the required lookup.
976 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
977 if (TemplateArgs) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000978 // Just re-use the lookup done by isTemplateName.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000979 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000980 } else {
981 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000982
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000983 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
984 // some special Objective-C lookup, too.
985 if (!SS.isSet() && II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
986 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II));
987 if (E.isInvalid())
988 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000989
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000990 Expr *Ex = E.takeAs<Expr>();
991 if (Ex) return Owned(Ex);
Steve Naroffebf4cb42008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000992 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000993 }
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000994
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000995 if (R.isAmbiguous())
996 return ExprError();
997
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000998 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
999 // argument-dependent lookup.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001000 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001001
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001002 if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
Bill Wendling4073ed52007-02-13 01:51:42 +00001003 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001004 // in C90, extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
1005 if (HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1006 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
1007 if (D) R.addDecl(D);
1008 }
1009
1010 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
1011 // call, diagnose the problem.
1012 if (R.empty()) {
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00001013 if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(SS, R))
1014 return ExprError();
1015
1016 assert(!R.empty() &&
1017 "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results");
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +00001018 }
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001019 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001020
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001021 // This is guaranteed from this point on.
1022 assert(!R.empty() || ADL);
1023
1024 if (VarDecl *Var = R.getAsSingle<VarDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001025 // Warn about constructs like:
1026 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
1027 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001028
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001029 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
1030 Scope *CheckS = S;
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001031 while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001032 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001033 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001034 ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001035 << Var->getDeclName()
1036 << (Var->getType()->isPointerType()? 2 :
1037 Var->getType()->isBooleanType()? 1 : 0));
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001038 break;
1039 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001040
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001041 // Move to the parent of this scope.
1042 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001043 }
1044 }
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001045 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = R.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001046 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1047 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1048 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1049 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1050 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1051 // type.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001052 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, NameLoc))
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001053 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001054
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001055 QualType T = Func->getType();
1056 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001057 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001058 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001059 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, NameLoc, &SS);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001060 }
1061 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001062
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001063 // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access.
1064 // C++ [expr.prim.general]p6:
1065 // Within the definition of a non-static member function, an
1066 // identifier that names a non-static member is transformed to a
1067 // class member access expression.
1068 // But note that &SomeClass::foo is grammatically distinct, even
1069 // though we don't parse it that way.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001070 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001071 bool isAbstractMemberPointer = (isAddressOfOperand && !SS.isEmpty());
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001072 if (!isAbstractMemberPointer)
1073 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001074 }
1075
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001076 if (TemplateArgs)
1077 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, ADL, *TemplateArgs);
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001078
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001079 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
1080}
1081
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001082/// Builds an expression which might be an implicit member expression.
1083Sema::OwningExprResult
1084Sema::BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1085 LookupResult &R,
1086 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
1087 switch (ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(*this, R)) {
1088 case IMA_Instance:
1089 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, true);
1090
1091 case IMA_AnonymousMember:
1092 assert(R.isSingleResult());
1093 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(R.getNameLoc(),
1094 R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>());
1095
1096 case IMA_Mixed:
1097 case IMA_Mixed_Unrelated:
1098 case IMA_Unresolved:
1099 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, false);
1100
1101 case IMA_Static:
1102 case IMA_Mixed_StaticContext:
1103 case IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext:
1104 if (TemplateArgs)
1105 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, false, *TemplateArgs);
1106 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false);
1107
1108 case IMA_Error_StaticContext:
1109 case IMA_Error_Unrelated:
1110 DiagnoseInstanceReference(*this, SS, R);
1111 return ExprError();
1112 }
1113
1114 llvm_unreachable("unexpected instance member access kind");
1115 return ExprError();
1116}
1117
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001118/// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
1119/// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
1120/// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
1121/// this path.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001122Sema::OwningExprResult
1123Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1124 DeclarationName Name,
1125 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
1126 DeclContext *DC;
1127 if (!(DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
1128 DC->isDependentContext() ||
1129 RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS))
1130 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, Name, NameLoc, 0);
1131
1132 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1133 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
1134
1135 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1136 return ExprError();
1137
1138 if (R.empty()) {
1139 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
1140 return ExprError();
1141 }
1142
1143 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
1144}
1145
1146/// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has
1147/// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some
1148/// additional lookup.
1149///
1150/// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
1151/// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
1152///
1153/// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success.
1154Sema::OwningExprResult
1155Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
1156 IdentifierInfo *II) {
1157 SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
1158
1159 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
1160 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
1161 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
1162 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
1163 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
1164
1165 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
1166 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
1167 // ivar, that's an error.
1168 bool IsClassMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
1169
1170 bool LookForIvars;
1171 if (Lookup.empty())
1172 LookForIvars = true;
1173 else if (IsClassMethod)
1174 LookForIvars = false;
1175 else
1176 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
1177 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
1178
1179 if (LookForIvars) {
1180 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
1181 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1182 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1183 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
1184 if (IsClassMethod)
1185 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
1186 << IV->getDeclName());
1187
1188 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
1189 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
1190 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1191 return ExprError();
1192
1193 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
1194 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
1195 return ExprError();
1196
1197 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
1198 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
1199 ClassDeclared != IFace)
1200 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1201
1202 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
1203 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
1204 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
1205 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
1206 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
1207 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
1208 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
1209 SelfName, false, false);
1210 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
1211 return Owned(new (Context)
1212 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
1213 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
1214 }
1215 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
1216 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
1217 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
1218 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1219 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1220 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
1221 IFace == ClassDeclared)
1222 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
1223 }
1224 }
1225
1226 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
1227 if (Lookup.empty() && II->isStr("super")) {
1228 QualType T;
1229
1230 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
1231 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
1232 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
1233 else
1234 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
1235 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
1236 }
1237
1238 // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
1239 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001240}
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001241
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001242/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001243bool
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001244Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
1245 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001246 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001247 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001248 QualType DestType =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001249 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001250 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
1251 return false;
1252 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
1253 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001254 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001255 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
1256 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001257 }
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001258 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
1259 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
1260 DestRecordType,
1261 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1262 From->getSourceRange()))
1263 return true;
Anders Carlssona076d142009-07-31 01:23:52 +00001264 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
1265 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001266 }
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001267 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001268}
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001269
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +00001270/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001271static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
Eli Friedman2cfcef62009-12-04 06:40:45 +00001272 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, ValueDecl *Member,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001273 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty,
1274 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0) {
1275 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1276 SourceRange QualifierRange;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001277 if (SS.isSet()) {
1278 Qualifier = (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep();
1279 QualifierRange = SS.getRange();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001280 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001281
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001282 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
1283 Member, Loc, TemplateArgs, Ty);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00001284}
1285
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001286/// Builds an implicit member access expression. The current context
1287/// is known to be an instance method, and the given unqualified lookup
1288/// set is known to contain only instance members, at least one of which
1289/// is from an appropriate type.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001290Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001291Sema::BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1292 LookupResult &R,
1293 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
1294 bool IsKnownInstance) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001295 assert(!R.empty() && !R.isAmbiguous());
1296
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001297 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001298
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001299 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1300 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +00001301 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001302 // FIXME: template-ids inside anonymous structs?
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001303 if (FieldDecl *FD = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>())
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001304 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001305 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001306
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001307 // If this is known to be an instance access, go ahead and build a
1308 // 'this' expression now.
1309 QualType ThisType = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)->getThisType(Context);
1310 Expr *This = 0; // null signifies implicit access
1311 if (IsKnownInstance) {
1312 This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisType);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001313 }
1314
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001315 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, This), ThisType,
1316 /*OpLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
1317 /*IsArrow*/ true,
1318 SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001319}
1320
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001321bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001322 const LookupResult &R,
1323 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001324 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
1325 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
1326 return false;
1327
1328 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001329 if (SS.isSet())
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001330 return false;
1331
1332 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001333 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001334 return false;
1335
1336 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
1337 // normal lookup:
1338 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1339 NamedDecl *D = *I;
1340
1341 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1342 // -- a declaration of a class member
1343 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
1344 // original decl.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001345 if (D->isCXXClassMember())
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001346 return false;
1347
1348 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1349 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
1350 // using-declaration
1351 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
1352 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
1353 // turn off ADL anyway).
1354 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1355 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1356 else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1357 return false;
1358
1359 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1360 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
1361 // template
1362 // And also for builtin functions.
1363 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1364 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1365
1366 // But also builtin functions.
1367 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
1368 return false;
1369 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
1370 return false;
1371 }
1372
1373 return true;
1374}
1375
1376
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001377/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
1378/// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
1379/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
1380/// will in fact be used.
1381static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1382 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
1383 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
1384 return true;
1385 }
1386
1387 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
1388 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
1389 return true;
1390 }
1391
1392 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1393 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
1394 return true;
1395 }
1396
1397 return false;
1398}
1399
1400Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001401Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001402 LookupResult &R,
1403 bool NeedsADL) {
John McCall3a60c872009-12-08 22:45:53 +00001404 // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL,
1405 // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
1406 if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult())
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001407 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl());
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001408
1409 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
1410 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
1411 // functions and function templates.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001412 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
1413 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001414 return ExprError();
1415
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001416 bool Dependent
1417 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), 0);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001418 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001419 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
1420 (NestedNameSpecifier*) SS.getScopeRep(),
1421 SS.getRange(),
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001422 R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
1423 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult());
1424 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
1425 ULE->addDecl(*I);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001426
1427 return Owned(ULE);
1428}
1429
1430
1431/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1432Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001433Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001434 SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1435 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001436 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
1437 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001438 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
1439
1440 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
1441 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001442
Douglas Gregore7488b92009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001443 if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) {
1444 // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing
1445 // a template argument list.
1446 Diag(Loc, diag::err_template_decl_ref)
1447 << Template << SS.getRange();
1448 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
1449 return ExprError();
1450 }
1451
1452 // Make sure that we're referring to a value.
1453 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
1454 if (!VD) {
1455 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value)
1456 << D << SS.getRange();
John McCallb48971d2009-12-18 18:35:10 +00001457 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
Douglas Gregore7488b92009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001458 return ExprError();
1459 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001460
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001461 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1462 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1463 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1464 // that overload resolution actually selects.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001465 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001466 return ExprError();
1467
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001468 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1469 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001470 return ExprError();
1471
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001472 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1473 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1474 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1475 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001476 //
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001477 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1478 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1479 //
1480 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001481 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001482 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001483 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001484 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001485 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001486 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1487 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001488 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001489
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001490 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001491 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001492 constAdded));
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001493 }
1494 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1495 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001496
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001497 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, &SS);
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001498}
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001499
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001500Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1501 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001502 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001503
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001504 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001505 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001506 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1507 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1508 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001509 }
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001510
Chris Lattnera81a0272008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001511 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1512 // string.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001513
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001514 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1515 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001516 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001517 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001518 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001519
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001520 QualType ResTy;
1521 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1522 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1523 } else {
1524 unsigned Length =
1525 PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(Context, IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001526
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001527 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001528 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001529 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1530 }
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001531 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001532}
1533
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001534Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001535 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001536 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1537 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1538 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001539
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001540 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1541 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1542 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001543 return ExprError();
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001544
1545 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1546
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001547 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1548 Literal.isWide(),
1549 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001550}
1551
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001552Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1553 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001554 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1555 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner9240b3e2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001556 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerc4c18192009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001557 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001558 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff5faaef72009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001559 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001560 }
Ted Kremeneke9814182009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001561
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001562 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattnera1cf5f92008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001563 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1564 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001565 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001566
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001567 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001568 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001569
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001570 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Steve Naroff451d8f162007-03-12 23:22:38 +00001571 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001572 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001573 return ExprError();
1574
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001575 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001576
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001577 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001578 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001579 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001580 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001581 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001582 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001583 else
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001584 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001585
1586 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1587
John McCall53b93a02009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001588 using llvm::APFloat;
1589 APFloat Val(Format);
1590
1591 APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Val);
John McCall122c8312009-12-24 11:09:08 +00001592
1593 // Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if
1594 // we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow).
1595 if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) ||
1596 ((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) {
John McCall53b93a02009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001597 unsigned diagnostic;
1598 llvm::SmallVector<char, 20> buffer;
1599 if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) {
1600 diagnostic = diag::err_float_overflow;
1601 APFloat::getLargest(Format).toString(buffer);
1602 } else {
1603 diagnostic = diag::err_float_underflow;
1604 APFloat::getSmallest(Format).toString(buffer);
1605 }
1606
1607 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diagnostic)
1608 << Ty
1609 << llvm::StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size());
1610 }
1611
1612 bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK);
Chris Lattnere4edb8e2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001613 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001614
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001615 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001616 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001617 } else {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001618 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001619
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001620 // long long is a C99 feature.
1621 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth4a1ee052007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001622 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001623 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1624
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001625 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001626 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001627
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001628 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1629 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1630 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001631 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1632 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001633 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001634 } else {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001635 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1636 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001637
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001638 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1639 // be an unsigned int.
1640 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1641
1642 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001643 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner7b939cf2007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001644 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1645 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001646 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001647
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001648 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1649 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1650 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1651 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001652 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001653 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001654 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001655 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001656 }
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001657 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001658
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001659 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001660 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001661 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001662
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001663 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1664 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1665 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1666 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001667 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001668 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001669 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001670 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001671 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001672 }
1673
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001674 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001675 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001676 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001677
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001678 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1679 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1680 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1681 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001682 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001683 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001684 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001685 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001686 }
1687 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001688
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001689 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1690 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001691 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001692 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001693 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001694 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001695 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001696
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001697 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1698 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001699 }
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001700 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001701 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001702
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001703 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1704 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001705 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001706 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001707
1708 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001709}
1710
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001711Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1712 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001713 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001714 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001715 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001716}
1717
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00001718/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00001719/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001720bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001721 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1722 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1723 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001724 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1725 return false;
1726
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001727 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
1728 // the result is the size of the referenced type."
1729 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the
1730 // result shall be the alignment of the referenced type."
1731 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = exprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
1732 exprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1733
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001734 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001735 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001736 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001737 if (isSizeof)
1738 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1739 return false;
1740 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001741
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001742 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001743 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001744 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1745 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001746 return false;
1747 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001748
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001749 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Douglas Gregor906db8a2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00001750 PDiag(diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type)
1751 << int(!isSizeof) << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001752 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001753
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001754 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanian1dcb3222009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001755 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001756 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001757 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1758 return true;
Chris Lattner37920f52009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001759 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001760
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001761 return false;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001762}
1763
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001764bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1765 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1766 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001767
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001768 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001769 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1770 return false;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001771
1772 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1773 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1774 return false;
1775
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001776 if (E->getBitField()) {
1777 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1778 return true;
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001779 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001780
1781 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1782 // bit-field.
1783 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001784 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001785 return false;
1786
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001787 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1788}
1789
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001790/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001791Action::OwningExprResult
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001792Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001793 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001794 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001795 if (!TInfo)
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001796 return ExprError();
1797
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001798 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001799
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001800 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1801 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1802 return ExprError();
1803
1804 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001805 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, TInfo,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001806 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1807 R.getEnd()));
1808}
1809
1810/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1811/// operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001812Action::OwningExprResult
1813Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001814 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1815 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1816 bool isInvalid = false;
1817 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1818 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1819 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1820 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001821 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001822 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1823 isInvalid = true;
1824 } else {
1825 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1826 }
1827
1828 if (isInvalid)
1829 return ExprError();
1830
1831 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1832 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1833 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1834 R.getEnd()));
1835}
1836
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001837/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1838/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1839/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001840Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001841Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1842 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner0d8b1a12006-11-20 04:34:45 +00001843 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001844 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001845
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001846 if (isType) {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001847 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
1848 (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &TInfo);
1849 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001850 }
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001851
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001852 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1853 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1854 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1855
1856 if (Result.isInvalid())
1857 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1858
1859 return move(Result);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001860}
1861
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001862QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001863 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1864 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001865
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001866 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001867 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001868 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001869
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001870 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1871 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1872 return V->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001873
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001874 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001875 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1876 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001877 return QualType();
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001878}
1879
1880
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001881
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001882Action::OwningExprResult
1883Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1884 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001885 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1886 switch (Kind) {
1887 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1888 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1889 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1890 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001891
Eli Friedmancfdd40c2009-11-18 03:38:04 +00001892 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001893}
1894
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001895Action::OwningExprResult
1896Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1897 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001898 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1899 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1900
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001901 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1902 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001903
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001904 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor7a77a6b2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001905 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1906 Base.release();
1907 Idx.release();
1908 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1909 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1910 }
1911
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001912 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001913 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman254a1a22008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001914 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1915 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1916 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001917 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001918 }
1919
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001920 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
1921}
1922
1923
1924Action::OwningExprResult
1925Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1926 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1927 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
1928 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
1929
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001930 // Perform default conversions.
1931 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1932 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001933
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001934 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001935
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001936 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001937 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001938 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001939 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001940 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1941 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001942 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1943 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1944 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1945 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001946 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001947 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1948 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001949 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001950 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattneraee0cfd2007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001951 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001952 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1953 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001954 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001955 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001956 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001957 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1958 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1959 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001960 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001961 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001962 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1963 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1964 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1965 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001966 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner41977962007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001967 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001968 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begemanc1bf0612009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001969
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001970 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1971 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001972 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1973 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1974 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1975 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1976 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1977 // force the promotion here.
1978 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1979 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001980 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
1981 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001982 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1983
1984 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1985 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001986 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001987 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1988 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1989 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1990 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001991 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
1992 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001993 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1994
1995 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1996 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001997 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffb3096442007-06-09 03:47:53 +00001998 } else {
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001999 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
2000 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002001 }
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00002002 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002003 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
2004 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00002005 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
2006 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffb29cdd52007-07-10 18:23:31 +00002007
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002008 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinigb7608d72009-09-14 20:14:57 +00002009 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
2010 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig914244e2009-09-14 01:58:58 +00002011 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
2012
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002013 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002014 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
2015 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002016 // incomplete types are not object types.
2017 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
2018 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
2019 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2020 return ExprError();
2021 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002022
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002023 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002024 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002025 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
2026 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002027 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002028
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002029 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
2030 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
2031 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
2032 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2033 return ExprError();
2034 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002035
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002036 Base.release();
2037 Idx.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002038 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002039 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002040}
2041
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002042QualType Sema::
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002043CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002044 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002045 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbarc0429402009-10-18 02:09:38 +00002046 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
2047 // see FIXME there.
2048 //
2049 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
2050 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002051 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002052
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002053 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002054 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002055
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002056 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002057 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
2058 // to be selected.
2059 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002060
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002061 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
2062 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman0359e122009-06-25 21:06:09 +00002063 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002064
2065 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
2066 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002067 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002068 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
2069 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002070 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002071 do
2072 compStr++;
2073 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002074 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002075 do
2076 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002077 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002078 }
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002079
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002080 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002081 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
2082 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002083 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
2084 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002085 return QualType();
2086 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002087
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002088 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
2089 // operates on.
2090 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002091 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002092
2093 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002094 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002095
2096 while (*compStr) {
2097 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
2098 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
2099 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
2100 return QualType();
2101 }
2102 }
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002103 }
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002104
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002105 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002106 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002107 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002108 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002109 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begemanac8183a2009-12-15 18:13:04 +00002110 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? (vecType->getNumElements() + 1) / 2
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002111 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002112 if (HexSwizzle)
2113 CompSize--;
2114
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002115 if (CompSize == 1)
2116 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002117
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002118 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002119 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002120 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
2121 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
2122 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
2123 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffddf5a1d2007-07-29 16:33:31 +00002124 }
2125 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002126}
2127
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002128static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002129 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002130 const Selector &Sel,
2131 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002132
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002133 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002134 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002135 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002136 return OMD;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002137
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002138 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
2139 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002140 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002141 Context))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002142 return D;
2143 }
2144 return 0;
2145}
2146
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002147static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002148 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002149 const Selector &Sel,
2150 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002151 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2152 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002153 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002154 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002155 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002156 GDecl = PD;
2157 break;
2158 }
2159 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002160 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002161 GDecl = OMD;
2162 break;
2163 }
2164 }
2165 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002166 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002167 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2168 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002169 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002170 if (GDecl)
2171 return GDecl;
2172 }
2173 }
2174 return GDecl;
2175}
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002176
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002177Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002178Sema::ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseType,
2179 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002180 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2181 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2182 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2183 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2184 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
2185
2186 // Even in dependent contexts, try to diagnose base expressions with
2187 // obviously wrong types, e.g.:
2188 //
2189 // T* t;
2190 // t.f;
2191 //
2192 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2193 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2194 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
2195 if (!IsArrow) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002196 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002197 if (PT && (!getLangOptions().ObjC1 ||
2198 PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002199 assert(BaseExpr && "cannot happen with implicit member accesses");
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002200 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002201 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002202 return ExprError();
2203 }
2204 }
2205
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002206 assert(BaseType->isDependentType());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002207
2208 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2209 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002210 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, BaseType,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002211 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2212 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()),
2213 SS.getRange(),
2214 FirstQualifierInScope,
2215 Name, NameLoc,
2216 TemplateArgs));
2217}
2218
2219/// We know that the given qualified member reference points only to
2220/// declarations which do not belong to the static type of the base
2221/// expression. Diagnose the problem.
2222static void DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(Sema &SemaRef,
2223 Expr *BaseExpr,
2224 QualType BaseType,
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002225 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002226 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002227 // If this is an implicit member access, use a different set of
2228 // diagnostics.
2229 if (!BaseExpr)
2230 return DiagnoseInstanceReference(SemaRef, SS, R);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002231
2232 // FIXME: this is an exceedingly lame diagnostic for some of the more
2233 // complicated cases here.
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002234 DeclContext *DC = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getDeclContext();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002235 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002236 << SS.getRange() << DC << BaseType;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002237}
2238
2239// Check whether the declarations we found through a nested-name
2240// specifier in a member expression are actually members of the base
2241// type. The restriction here is:
2242//
2243// C++ [expr.ref]p2:
2244// ... In these cases, the id-expression shall name a
2245// member of the class or of one of its base classes.
2246//
2247// So it's perfectly legitimate for the nested-name specifier to name
2248// an unrelated class, and for us to find an overload set including
2249// decls from classes which are not superclasses, as long as the decl
2250// we actually pick through overload resolution is from a superclass.
2251bool Sema::CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr,
2252 QualType BaseType,
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002253 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002254 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002255 const RecordType *BaseRT = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
2256 if (!BaseRT) {
2257 // We can't check this yet because the base type is still
2258 // dependent.
2259 assert(BaseType->isDependentType());
2260 return false;
2261 }
2262 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002263
2264 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002265 // If this is an implicit member reference and we find a
2266 // non-instance member, it's not an error.
2267 if (!BaseExpr && !IsInstanceMember((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()))
2268 return false;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002269
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002270 // Note that we use the DC of the decl, not the underlying decl.
2271 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>((*I)->getDeclContext());
2272 while (RecordD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
2273 RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordD->getParent());
2274
2275 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*,4> MemberRecord;
2276 MemberRecord.insert(RecordD->getCanonicalDecl());
2277
2278 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(*this, BaseRecord, MemberRecord))
2279 return false;
2280 }
2281
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002282 DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(*this, BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R);
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002283 return true;
2284}
2285
2286static bool
2287LookupMemberExprInRecord(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R,
2288 SourceRange BaseRange, const RecordType *RTy,
2289 SourceLocation OpLoc, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
2290 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
2291 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, QualType(RTy, 0),
2292 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2293 << BaseRange))
2294 return true;
2295
2296 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2297 if (SS.isSet()) {
2298 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2299 // nested-name-specifier.
2300 DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
2301
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002302 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS)) {
2303 SemaRef.Diag(SS.getRange().getEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2304 << SS.getRange() << DC;
2305 return true;
2306 }
2307
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002308 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2309
2310 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
2311 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
2312 << DC << SS.getRange();
2313 return true;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002314 }
2315 }
2316
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002317 // The record definition is complete, now look up the member.
2318 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002319
2320 return false;
2321}
2322
2323Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002324Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg BaseArg, QualType BaseType,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002325 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2326 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2327 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2328 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2329 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2330 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
2331
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002332 if (BaseType->isDependentType() ||
2333 (SS.isSet() && isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS)))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002334 return ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002335 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2336 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2337 Name, NameLoc,
2338 TemplateArgs);
2339
2340 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002341
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002342 // Implicit member accesses.
2343 if (!Base) {
2344 QualType RecordTy = BaseType;
2345 if (IsArrow) RecordTy = RecordTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2346 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, SourceRange(),
2347 RecordTy->getAs<RecordType>(),
2348 OpLoc, SS))
2349 return ExprError();
2350
2351 // Explicit member accesses.
2352 } else {
2353 OwningExprResult Result =
2354 LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
2355 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2356 /*ObjCImpDecl*/ DeclPtrTy());
2357
2358 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
2359 Owned(Base);
2360 return ExprError();
2361 }
2362
2363 if (Result.get())
2364 return move(Result);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002365 }
2366
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002367 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
2368 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002369}
2370
2371Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002372Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseExprType,
2373 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2374 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002375 LookupResult &R,
2376 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2377 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002378 QualType BaseType = BaseExprType;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002379 if (IsArrow) {
2380 assert(BaseType->isPointerType());
2381 BaseType = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2382 }
2383
2384 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier =
2385 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep());
2386 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2387 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
2388
2389 if (R.isAmbiguous())
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002390 return ExprError();
2391
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002392 if (R.empty()) {
2393 // Rederive where we looked up.
2394 DeclContext *DC = (SS.isSet()
2395 ? computeDeclContext(SS, false)
2396 : BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002397
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002398 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002399 << MemberName << DC
2400 << (BaseExpr ? BaseExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002401 return ExprError();
2402 }
2403
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002404 // Diagnose qualified lookups that find only declarations from a
2405 // non-base type. Note that it's okay for lookup to find
2406 // declarations from a non-base type as long as those aren't the
2407 // ones picked by overload resolution.
2408 if (SS.isSet() && CheckQualifiedMemberReference(BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R))
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002409 return ExprError();
2410
2411 // Construct an unresolved result if we in fact got an unresolved
2412 // result.
2413 if (R.isOverloadedResult() || R.isUnresolvableResult()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002414 bool Dependent =
John McCall71739032009-12-19 02:05:44 +00002415 BaseExprType->isDependentType() ||
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002416 R.isUnresolvableResult() ||
2417 UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), TemplateArgs);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002418
2419 UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr
2420 = UnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
2421 R.isUnresolvableResult(),
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002422 BaseExpr, BaseExprType,
2423 IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002424 Qualifier, SS.getRange(),
2425 MemberName, MemberLoc,
2426 TemplateArgs);
2427 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
2428 MemExpr->addDecl(*I);
2429
2430 return Owned(MemExpr);
2431 }
2432
2433 assert(R.isSingleResult());
2434 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
2435
2436 // FIXME: diagnose the presence of template arguments now.
2437
2438 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2439 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2440 // error cases.
2441 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2442 return ExprError();
2443
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002444 // Handle the implicit-member-access case.
2445 if (!BaseExpr) {
2446 // If this is not an instance member, convert to a non-member access.
2447 if (!IsInstanceMember(MemberDecl))
2448 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), MemberDecl);
2449
2450 BaseExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), BaseExprType);
2451 }
2452
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002453 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2454 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2455 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2456 // explicitly qualified.
2457 if (MD->isVirtual() && !SS.isSet())
2458 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2459 }
2460
2461 // Check the use of this member.
2462 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc)) {
2463 Owned(BaseExpr);
2464 return ExprError();
2465 }
2466
2467 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2468 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2469 // (C++ [class.union]).
Eli Friedman78cde142009-12-04 07:18:51 +00002470 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
2471 !BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002472 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
2473 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
2474
2475 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2476 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
2477 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2478 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2479 else {
2480 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2481 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2482 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2483
2484 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2485 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2486
2487 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2488 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2489 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
2490 }
2491
2492 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
2493 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2494 return ExprError();
2495 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2496 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType));
2497 }
2498
2499 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2500 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, Var);
2501 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2502 Var, MemberLoc,
2503 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
2504 }
2505
2506 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2507 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2508 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2509 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2510 MemberFn->getType()));
2511 }
2512
2513 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2514 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2515 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2516 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
2517 }
2518
2519 Owned(BaseExpr);
2520
2521 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
2522 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2523 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2524
2525 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2526 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2527 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
2528 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2529 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2530 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2531}
2532
2533/// Look up the given member of the given non-type-dependent
2534/// expression. This can return in one of two ways:
2535/// * If it returns a sentinel null-but-valid result, the caller will
2536/// assume that lookup was performed and the results written into
2537/// the provided structure. It will take over from there.
2538/// * Otherwise, the returned expression will be produced in place of
2539/// an ordinary member expression.
2540///
2541/// The ObjCImpDecl bit is a gross hack that will need to be properly
2542/// fixed for ObjC++.
2543Sema::OwningExprResult
2544Sema::LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, Expr *&BaseExpr,
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002545 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002546 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2547 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2548 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002549 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002550
Steve Naroffeaaae462007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002551 // Perform default conversions.
2552 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002553
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002554 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002555 assert(!BaseType->isDependentType());
2556
2557 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2558 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002559
2560 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002561 // type, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call that
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002562 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the
2563 // call, and continue on.
2564 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2565 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun
2566 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
2567 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
2568 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 &&
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002569 ((!IsArrow && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
2570 (IsArrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002571 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()
2572 ->isRecordType()))) {
2573 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2574 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
2575 << QualType(Fun, 0)
2576 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2577
2578 OwningExprResult NewBase
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002579 = ActOnCallExpr(0, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc,
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002580 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc);
2581 if (NewBase.isInvalid())
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002582 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002583
2584 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>();
2585 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
2586 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2587 }
2588 }
2589 }
2590
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002591 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2592 // use that.
2593 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianc2949f92009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002594 if (IsArrow) {
2595 // Handle the following exceptional case PObj->isa.
2596 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
2597 BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
2598 if (OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
2599 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Fariborz Jahaniana5fee262009-12-09 19:05:56 +00002600 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, true, MemberLoc,
2601 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Fariborz Jahanianc2949f92009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002602 }
2603 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002604 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2605 // is a reference to 'isa'.
2606 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
2607 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002608 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002609 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002610 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002611
Fariborz Jahanian04b258c2009-11-25 23:07:42 +00002612 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2613 // use that.
2614 if (Context.isObjCSelType(BaseType)) {
2615 // We have an 'SEL' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2616 // is a reference to 'sel_id'.
2617 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType) {
2618 BaseType = Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType;
2619 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
2620 }
2621 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002622
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002623 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002624
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002625 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002626 if (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002627 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2628 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2629 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
2630 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2631 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2632 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2633 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2634 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2635 // Check the use of this method.
2636 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2637 return ExprError();
2638 }
2639 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2640 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2641 Selector SetterSel =
2642 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2643 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
2644 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2645 if (!Setter) {
2646 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2647 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002648 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002649 }
2650 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2651 if (!Setter)
2652 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
2653
2654 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2655 return ExprError();
2656
2657 if (Getter || Setter) {
2658 QualType PType;
2659
2660 if (Getter)
2661 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2662 else
2663 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2664 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
2665 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2666 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
2667 PType,
2668 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2669 }
2670 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2671 << MemberName << BaseType);
2672 }
2673 }
2674
2675 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
2676 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
2677 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002678 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002679 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002680
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002681 if (IsArrow) {
2682 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002683 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002684 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2685 ;
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002686 else if (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
2687 // Recover from arrow accesses to records, e.g.:
2688 // struct MyRecord foo;
2689 // foo->bar
2690 // This is actually well-formed in C++ if MyRecord has an
2691 // overloaded operator->, but that should have been dealt with
2692 // by now.
2693 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
2694 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
2695 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
2696 IsArrow = false;
2697 } else {
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002698 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2699 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2700 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002701 }
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002702 } else {
2703 // Recover from dot accesses to pointers, e.g.:
2704 // type *foo;
2705 // foo.bar
2706 // This is actually well-formed in two cases:
2707 // - 'type' is an Objective C type
2708 // - 'bar' is a pseudo-destructor name which happens to refer to
2709 // the appropriate pointer type
2710 if (MemberName.getNameKind() != DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2711 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
2712 if (PT && PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()) {
2713 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
2714 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
2715 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "->");
2716 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
2717 IsArrow = true;
2718 }
2719 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002720 }
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002721
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002722 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access
2723 // to fields of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002724 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002725 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, BaseExpr->getSourceRange(),
2726 RTy, OpLoc, SS))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002727 return ExprError();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002728 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002729 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002730
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002731 // Handle pseudo-destructors (C++ [expr.pseudo]). Since anything referring
2732 // into a record type was handled above, any destructor we see here is a
2733 // pseudo-destructor.
2734 if (MemberName.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2735 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002736 // The left hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
2737 // left hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002738 // type.
2739 if (!BaseType->isScalarType())
2740 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
2741 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002742
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002743 // [...] The type designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the
2744 // same as the object type.
2745 if (!MemberName.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() &&
2746 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseType, MemberName.getCXXNameType()))
2747 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
2748 << BaseType << MemberName.getCXXNameType()
2749 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(MemberLoc));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002750
2751 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002752 // the form
2753 //
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002754 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ̃ type-name
2755 //
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002756 // shall designate the same scalar type.
2757 //
2758 // FIXME: DPG can't see any way to trigger this particular clause, so it
2759 // isn't checked here.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002760
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002761 // FIXME: We've lost the precise spelling of the type by going through
2762 // DeclarationName. Can we do better?
2763 return Owned(new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, BaseExpr,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002764 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2765 (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep(),
2766 SS.getRange(),
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002767 MemberName.getCXXNameType(),
2768 MemberLoc));
2769 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002770
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002771 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2772 // (*Obj).ivar.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002773 if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2774 (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002775 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002776 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002777 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002778 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002779 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2780
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002781 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2782 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002783 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002784
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002785 if (IV) {
2786 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2787 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2788 // error cases.
2789 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2790 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002791
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002792 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2793 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2794 return ExprError();
2795 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2796 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2797 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2798 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2799 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2800 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2801 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2802 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2803 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2804 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2805 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2806 // AST for a function decl.
2807 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002808 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002809 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2810 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2811 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2812 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2813 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2814 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002815
2816 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2817 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002818 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002819 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002820 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002821 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2822 // @protected
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002823 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002824 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffd1b64be2009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002825 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002826
2827 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2828 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002829 IsArrow));
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002830 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002831 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002832 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002833 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb1378f92008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002834 }
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002835 }
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002836 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002837 if (!IsArrow && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
2838 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002839 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002840 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002841
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002842 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002843 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002844 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2845 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2846 // Check the use of this declaration
2847 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2848 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002849
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002850 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2851 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2852 }
2853 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2854 // Check the use of this method.
2855 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2856 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002857
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002858 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002859 OMD->getResultType(),
2860 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002861 NULL, 0));
2862 }
2863 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002864
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002865 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002866 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002867 }
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002868 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2869 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002870 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002871 if (!IsArrow && (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002872 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2873 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002874 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002875
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002876 // Search for a declared property first.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002877 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002878 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2879 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2880 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002881 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002882 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002883 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianfe9e3942009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002884 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2885 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002886 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002887 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2888 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002889 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002890 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2891 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002892 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002893 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2894 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2895 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002896
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002897 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002898 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2899 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002900 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2901 // selector is implemented.
2902
2903 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2904 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2905
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002906 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002907 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002908
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002909 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2910 if (!Getter)
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002911 Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002912
Steve Naroff1df62692008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002913 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002914 if (!Getter)
2915 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002916 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002917 // Check if we can reference this property.
2918 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2919 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002920 }
2921 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2922 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002923 Selector SetterSel =
2924 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002925 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002926 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002927 if (!Setter) {
2928 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2929 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002930 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002931 }
2932 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002933 if (!Setter)
2934 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002935
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002936 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2937 return ExprError();
2938
2939 if (Getter || Setter) {
2940 QualType PType;
2941
2942 if (Getter)
2943 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian88cc2342009-08-18 20:50:23 +00002944 else
2945 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2946 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002947 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Fariborz Jahanian9a846652009-08-20 17:02:02 +00002948 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002949 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2950 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002951 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002952 << MemberName << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian21f54ee2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002953 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002954
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002955 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002956 if (!IsArrow &&
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002957 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002958 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002959 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahaniana5fee262009-12-09 19:05:56 +00002960 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002961
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002962 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner6c7ce102009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002963 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002964 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002965 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2966 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002967 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002968 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002969 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002970 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002971
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002972 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2973 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2974
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002975 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002976}
2977
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002978static Sema::OwningExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(Sema &SemaRef,
2979 SourceLocation NameLoc,
2980 Sema::ExprArg MemExpr) {
2981 Expr *E = (Expr *) MemExpr.get();
2982 SourceLocation ExpectedLParenLoc = SemaRef.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NameLoc);
2983 SemaRef.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call)
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002984 << isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(E)
2985 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ExpectedLParenLoc, "()");
2986
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002987 return SemaRef.ActOnCallExpr(/*Scope*/ 0,
2988 move(MemExpr),
2989 /*LPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc,
2990 Sema::MultiExprArg(SemaRef, 0, 0),
2991 /*CommaLocs*/ 0,
2992 /*RPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc);
2993}
2994
2995/// The main callback when the parser finds something like
2996/// expression . [nested-name-specifier] identifier
2997/// expression -> [nested-name-specifier] identifier
2998/// where 'identifier' encompasses a fairly broad spectrum of
2999/// possibilities, including destructor and operator references.
3000///
3001/// \param OpKind either tok::arrow or tok::period
3002/// \param HasTrailingLParen whether the next token is '(', which
3003/// is used to diagnose mis-uses of special members that can
3004/// only be called
3005/// \param ObjCImpDecl the current ObjC @implementation decl;
3006/// this is an ugly hack around the fact that ObjC @implementations
3007/// aren't properly put in the context chain
3008Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseArg,
3009 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3010 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3011 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3012 UnqualifiedId &Id,
3013 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
3014 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
3015 if (SS.isSet() && SS.isInvalid())
3016 return ExprError();
3017
3018 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
3019
3020 // Decompose the name into its component parts.
3021 DeclarationName Name;
3022 SourceLocation NameLoc;
3023 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
3024 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
3025 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
3026
3027 bool IsArrow = (OpKind == tok::arrow);
3028
3029 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope
3030 = (!SS.isSet() ? 0 : FindFirstQualifierInScope(S,
3031 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep())));
3032
3033 // This is a postfix expression, so get rid of ParenListExprs.
3034 BaseArg = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(BaseArg));
3035
3036 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3037 OwningExprResult Result(*this);
3038 if (Base->getType()->isDependentType()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003039 Result = ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003040 IsArrow, OpLoc,
3041 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3042 Name, NameLoc,
3043 TemplateArgs);
3044 } else {
3045 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
3046 if (TemplateArgs) {
3047 // Re-use the lookup done for the template name.
3048 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
3049 } else {
3050 Result = LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
3051 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3052 ObjCImpDecl);
3053
3054 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
3055 Owned(Base);
3056 return ExprError();
3057 }
3058
3059 if (Result.get()) {
3060 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
3061 // immediately call it, which falls into this case. If the
3062 // next token is not a '(', produce a diagnostic and build the
3063 // call now.
3064 if (!HasTrailingLParen &&
3065 Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
3066 return DiagnoseDtorReference(*this, NameLoc, move(Result));
3067
3068 return move(Result);
3069 }
3070 }
3071
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003072 Result = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
3073 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003074 }
3075
3076 return move(Result);
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003077}
3078
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003079Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3080 FunctionDecl *FD,
3081 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
3082 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
3083 Diag (CallLoc,
3084 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
3085 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003086 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003087 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
3088 } else {
3089 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
3090 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
3091
3092 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00003093 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD);
Anders Carlsson657bad42009-09-05 05:14:19 +00003094
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003095 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
3096 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00003097 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003098
John McCall76d824f2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00003099 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003100 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003101 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003102
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003103 // Check the expression as an initializer for the parameter.
3104 InitializedEntity Entity
3105 = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param);
3106 InitializationKind Kind
3107 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Param->getLocation(),
3108 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin());
3109 Expr *ResultE = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
3110
3111 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &ResultE, 1);
3112 Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
3113 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&ResultE, 1));
3114 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003115 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003116
3117 // Build the default argument expression.
Douglas Gregor033f6752009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003118 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param,
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003119 Result.takeAs<Expr>()));
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003120 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003121
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003122 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
3123 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
3124 // be properly destroyed.
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003125 // FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new
3126 // bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810.
Anders Carlsson714d0962009-12-15 19:16:31 +00003127 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Param->getNumDefaultArgTemporaries(); i != e; ++i)
3128 ExprTemporaries.push_back(Param->getDefaultArgTemporary(i));
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003129 }
3130
3131 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Douglas Gregor033f6752009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003132 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param));
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003133}
3134
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003135/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
3136/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
3137/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
3138/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
3139/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
3140/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003141bool
3142Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003143 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003144 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003145 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3146 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003147 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003148 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
3149 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003150 bool Invalid = false;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003151
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003152 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
3153 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
3154 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
3155 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
3156 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
3157 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003158 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003159 }
3160
3161 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
3162 // them.
3163 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
3164 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
3165 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3166 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3167 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
3168 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3169 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
3170 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003171 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003172 return true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003173 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003174 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003175 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003176 VariadicCallType CallType =
3177 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply;
3178 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
3179 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
3180 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
3181 CallType = VariadicMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003182 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(), FDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian4fa66ce2009-11-24 21:37:28 +00003183 Proto, 0, Args, NumArgs, AllArgs, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003184 if (Invalid)
3185 return true;
3186 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
3187 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
3188 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
3189
3190 return false;
3191}
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003192
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003193bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3194 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3195 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3196 unsigned FirstProtoArg,
3197 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3198 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003199 VariadicCallType CallType) {
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003200 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
3201 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
3202 bool Invalid = false;
3203 if (NumArgs != NumArgsInProto)
3204 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
3205 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
3206 unsigned ArgIx = 0;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003207 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003208 for (unsigned i = FirstProtoArg; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003209 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003210
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003211 Expr *Arg;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003212 if (ArgIx < NumArgs) {
3213 Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
3214
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003215 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3216 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003217 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003218 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003219 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003220
Douglas Gregorbbeb5c32009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003221 // Pass the argument
3222 ParmVarDecl *Param = 0;
3223 if (FDecl && i < FDecl->getNumParams())
3224 Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Douglas Gregor96596c92009-12-22 07:24:36 +00003225
Douglas Gregorbbeb5c32009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003226
3227 InitializedEntity Entity =
3228 Param? InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param)
3229 : InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(ProtoArgType);
3230 OwningExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
3231 SourceLocation(),
3232 Owned(Arg));
3233 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
3234 return true;
3235
3236 Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson78cfaa92009-11-13 04:34:45 +00003237
Anders Carlsson97df0b42009-11-13 17:04:35 +00003238 if (!ProtoArgType->isReferenceType())
3239 Arg = MaybeBindToTemporary(Arg).takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003240 } else {
Anders Carlssonc80a1272009-08-25 02:29:20 +00003241 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003242
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003243 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003244 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003245 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
3246 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003247
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003248 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003249 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003250 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003251 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003252
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003253 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003254 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003255 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003256 for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i < NumArgs; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003257 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00003258 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003259 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003260 }
3261 }
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003262 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003263}
3264
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003265/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003266/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3267/// locations.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003268Action::OwningExprResult
3269Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3270 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003271 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003272 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003273
3274 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
3275 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003276
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00003277 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003278 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner38dbdb22007-07-21 03:03:59 +00003279 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003280
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003281 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003282 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
3283 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
3284 if (NumArgs > 0) {
3285 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
3286 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
3287 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
3288 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
3289 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003290
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003291 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
3292 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003293
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003294 NumArgs = 0;
3295 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003296
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003297 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
3298 RParenLoc));
3299 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003300
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003301 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003302 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003303 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
3304 // Fn.
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003305 bool Dependent = false;
3306 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
3307 Dependent = true;
3308 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
3309 Dependent = true;
3310
3311 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003312 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003313 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
3314
3315 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
3316 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
3317 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3318 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
3319
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003320 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
3321
3322 // Determine whether this is a call to an unresolved member function.
3323 if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3324 // If lookup was unresolved but not dependent (i.e. didn't find
3325 // an unresolved using declaration), it has to be an overloaded
3326 // function set, which means it must contain either multiple
3327 // declarations (all methods or method templates) or a single
3328 // method template.
3329 assert((MemE->getNumDecls() > 1) ||
3330 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*MemE->decls_begin()));
Douglas Gregor8f184a32009-12-01 03:34:29 +00003331 (void)MemE;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003332
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003333 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3334 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003335 }
3336
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003337 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003338 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003339 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003340 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003341 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3342 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003343 }
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003344
3345 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003346 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NakedFn)) {
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003347 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
3348 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003349 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
3350 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
3351 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003352
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003353 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
3354 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
3355 NumArgs, ResultTy,
3356 RParenLoc));
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003357
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003358 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
3359 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3360 TheCall.get(), 0))
3361 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson63dce022009-10-15 00:41:48 +00003362
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003363 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
3364 RParenLoc))
3365 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003366
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003367 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
3368 }
3369 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
3370 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3371 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003372 }
3373 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003374 }
3375
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003376 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003377 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003378 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003379
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003380 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParenCasts();
3381 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3382 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn);
3383 return BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3384 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003385 }
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003386
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003387 NamedDecl *NDecl = 0;
3388 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn))
3389 NDecl = cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)->getDecl();
3390
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003391 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
3392}
3393
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003394/// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression,
3395/// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003396/// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or
3397/// block-pointer type.
3398///
3399/// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available
3400Sema::OwningExprResult
3401Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3402 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3403 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3404 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
3405 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
3406
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003407 // Promote the function operand.
3408 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
3409
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003410 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
3411 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003412 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
3413 Args, NumArgs,
3414 Context.BoolTy,
3415 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003416
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003417 const FunctionType *FuncT;
3418 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
3419 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
3420 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003421 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003422 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003423 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3424 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003425 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003426 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003427 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003428 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003429 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003430 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003431 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3432 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
3433
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003434 // Check for a valid return type
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00003435 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
3436 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
3437 FDecl))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003438 return ExprError();
3439
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003440 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +00003441 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003442
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003443 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003444 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003445 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003446 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003447 } else {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003448 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003449
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003450 if (FDecl) {
3451 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
3452 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
3453 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisddcd1322009-06-30 02:35:26 +00003454 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003455 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003456 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003457 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
3458 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
3459 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
3460 }
3461 }
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003462 }
3463
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003464 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003465 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
3466 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
3467 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003468 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3469 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003470 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
3471 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003472 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003473 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003474 }
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00003475 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003476
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003477 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
3478 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003479 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
3480 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003481
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00003482 // Check for sentinels
3483 if (NDecl)
3484 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003485
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003486 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003487 if (FDecl) {
3488 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
3489 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003490
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003491 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003492 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
3493 } else if (NDecl) {
3494 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
3495 return ExprError();
3496 }
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003497
Anders Carlssonf8984012009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003498 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003499}
3500
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003501Action::OwningExprResult
3502Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3503 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003504 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003505
Douglas Gregor1b303932009-12-22 15:35:07 +00003506 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003507
Steve Naroff57eb2c52007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003508 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003509 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003510 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson2c1ec6d2007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003511
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003512 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003513 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003514 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3515 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor1c37d9e2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003516 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3517 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003518 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003519 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003520 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003521 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003522
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003523 InitializedEntity Entity
Douglas Gregor1b303932009-12-22 15:35:07 +00003524 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(literalType);
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003525 InitializationKind Kind
3526 = InitializationKind::CreateCast(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc),
3527 /*IsCStyleCast=*/true);
Eli Friedmana553d4a2009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003528 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &literalExpr, 1);
3529 OwningExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
3530 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&literalExpr, 1),
3531 &literalType);
3532 if (Result.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003533 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmana553d4a2009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003534 InitExpr.release();
3535 literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Result.get());
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003536
Chris Lattner79413952008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003537 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003538 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003539 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003540 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003541 }
Eli Friedmana553d4a2009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003542
3543 Result.release();
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003544
3545 // FIXME: Store the TInfo to preserve type information better.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003546 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003547 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003548}
3549
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003550Action::OwningExprResult
3551Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003552 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3553 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3554 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson4692db02007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003555
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003556 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003557 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003558
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003559 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor347f7ea2009-01-28 21:54:33 +00003560 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003561 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003562 return Owned(E);
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003563}
3564
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003565static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3566 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003567 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003568 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3569
3570 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3571 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
Fariborz Jahanian2b9fc832009-12-15 21:34:52 +00003572 return DestTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() ?
3573 CastExpr::CK_AnyPointerToObjCPointerCast :
3574 CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003575 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3576 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3577 }
3578
3579 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3580 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3581 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3582 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3583 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3584 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3585 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3586 }
3587
3588 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3589 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3590 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3591 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3592 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3593 }
3594
3595 // FIXME: Assert here.
3596 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3597 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3598}
3599
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003600/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redl955a0672009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003601bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003602 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003603 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3604 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003605 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003606 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3607 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003608
Eli Friedmanda8d4de2009-08-15 19:02:19 +00003609 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003610
3611 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3612 // type needs to be scalar.
3613 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3614 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonef918ac2009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003615 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3616 return false;
3617 }
3618
3619 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003620 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) &&
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003621 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3622 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003623 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003624 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3625 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003626 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003627 return false;
3628 }
3629
3630 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003631 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003632 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003633 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003634 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003635 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003636 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(),
3637 castExpr->getType())) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003638 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3639 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3640 break;
3641 }
3642 }
3643 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3644 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3645 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003646 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003647 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003648 }
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003649
3650 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3651 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3652 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3653 }
3654
3655 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
3656 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003657 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3658 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003659 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003660 }
3661
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003662 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
3663 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
3664
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003665 if (castType->isVectorType())
3666 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3667 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3668 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3669
3670 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr))
Steve Naroffb47acdb2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003671 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003672
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003673 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3674 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
3675
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003676 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanf4e3ad62009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003677 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3678 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3679 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3680 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3681 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3682 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3683 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3684 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3685 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3686 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003687 }
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003688
3689 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003690 return false;
3691}
3692
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003693bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3694 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003695 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003696
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003697 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003698 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003699 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003700 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003701 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003702 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003703 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003704 } else
3705 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003706 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003707 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003708
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003709 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003710 return false;
3711}
3712
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003713bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
3714 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003715 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003716
3717 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
3718
Nate Begemanc8961a42009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003719 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3720 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003721 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3722 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3723 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3724 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003725 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003726 return false;
3727 }
3728
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003729 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003730 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3731 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003732 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3733 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3734 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3735 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003736
3737 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3738 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3739 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003740
3741 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003742 return false;
3743}
3744
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003745Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003746Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003747 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003748 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003749
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003750 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3751 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff1a2cf6b2007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003752
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003753 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003754 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3755 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003756
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003757 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
3758 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
3759 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType);
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003760 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003761 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003762 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003763 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003764
3765 if (Method) {
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003766 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, castType, Kind,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003767 Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003768
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003769 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3770 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003771
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003772 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3773 } else {
3774 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian3df87672009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003775 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003776
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003777 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003778 Kind, castExpr, castType,
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003779 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003780}
3781
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003782/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3783/// of comma binary operators.
3784Action::OwningExprResult
3785Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3786 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3787 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3788 if (!E)
3789 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003790
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003791 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003792
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003793 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3794 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3795 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003796
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003797 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3798}
3799
3800Action::OwningExprResult
3801Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3802 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
3803 QualType Ty) {
3804 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003805
3806 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003807 // then handle it as such.
3808 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3809 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3810 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3811 return ExprError();
3812 }
3813
3814 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3815 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3816 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
3817
3818 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
3819 // braces instead of the original commas.
3820 Op.release();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003821 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003822 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
3823 E->setType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003824 return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003825 Owned(E));
3826 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003827 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003828 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
3829 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
3830 return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op));
3831 }
3832}
3833
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00003834Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenOrParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003835 SourceLocation R,
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00003836 MultiExprArg Val,
3837 TypeTy *TypeOfCast) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003838 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
3839 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00003840 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenOrParenListExpr() missing expr list");
3841 Expr *expr;
3842 if (nexprs == 1 && TypeOfCast && !TypeIsVectorType(TypeOfCast))
3843 expr = new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, exprs[0]);
3844 else
3845 expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003846 return Owned(expr);
3847}
3848
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003849/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3850/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner2c486602009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003851/// C99 6.5.15
3852QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3853 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003854 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3855 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3856 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3857
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00003858 CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_conditional);
3859
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003860 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3861 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3862 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3863 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3864 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3865 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003866
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003867 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003868 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3869 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3870 << CondTy;
3871 return QualType();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003872 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003873
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003874 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003875 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
3876 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003877
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003878 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3879 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003880 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3881 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3882 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003883 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003884
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003885 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3886 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003887 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3888 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003889 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003890 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003891 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003892 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003893 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003894 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003895
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003896 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003897 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003898 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3899 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3900 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3901 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3902 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3903 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3904 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003905 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
3906 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman3e1852f2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003907 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003908 }
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003909 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3910 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003911 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003912 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003913 // promote the null to a pointer.
3914 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003915 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003916 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003917 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003918 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003919 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003920 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003921 }
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00003922
3923 // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here.
3924 QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS,
3925 QuestionLoc);
3926 if (!compositeType.isNull())
3927 return compositeType;
3928
3929
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003930 // Handle block pointer types.
3931 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3932 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3933 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3934 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003935 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3936 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003937 return destType;
3938 }
3939 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00003940 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003941 return QualType();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003942 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003943 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3944 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3945 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003946 return LHSTy;
3947 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003948 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003949 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3950 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00003951
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003952 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3953 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003954 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00003955 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003956 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3957 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3958 // to get a consistent AST.
3959 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003960 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3961 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003962 return incompatTy;
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003963 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003964 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003965 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3966 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroffea4c7802009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003967 return LHSTy;
3968 }
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00003969
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003970 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3971 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3972 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003973 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3974 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003975
3976 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3977 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3978 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003979 QualType destPointee
3980 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003981 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003982 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3983 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3984 // Promote to void*.
3985 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003986 return destType;
3987 }
3988 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003989 QualType destPointee
3990 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003991 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003992 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00003993 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003994 // Promote to void*.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00003995 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003996 return destType;
3997 }
3998
3999 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4000 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
4001 return LHSTy;
4002 }
4003 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4004 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4005 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
4006 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4007 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4008 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4009 // to get a consistent AST.
4010 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004011 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4012 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004013 return incompatTy;
4014 }
4015 // The pointer types are compatible.
4016 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
4017 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
4018 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
4019 // type.
4020 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
4021 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004022 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4023 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004024 return LHSTy;
4025 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004026
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004027 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
4028 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4029 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4030 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004031 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004032 return RHSTy;
4033 }
4034 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4035 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4036 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004037 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004038 return LHSTy;
4039 }
Daniel Dunbar484603b2008-09-11 23:12:46 +00004040
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004041 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004042 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4043 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004044 return QualType();
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00004045}
4046
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004047/// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of
4048/// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions.
4049QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4050 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
4051 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
4052 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
4053
4054 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
4055 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
4056 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
4057 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4058 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4059 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4060 return LHSTy;
4061 }
4062 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4063 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4064 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4065 return RHSTy;
4066 }
4067 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
4068 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4069 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4070 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4071 return LHSTy;
4072 }
4073 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4074 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4075 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4076 return RHSTy;
4077 }
4078 // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL
4079 if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) &&
4080 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4081 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4082 return LHSTy;
4083 }
4084 if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) &&
4085 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4086 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4087 return RHSTy;
4088 }
4089 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
4090 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4091
4092 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4093 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
4094 return LHSTy;
4095 }
4096 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4097 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4098 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
4099
4100 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
4101 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
4102 // type. This allows
4103 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
4104 // where B is a subclass of A.
4105 //
4106 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
4107 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
4108 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
4109 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
4110
4111 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
4112 // It could return the composite type.
4113 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
4114 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
4115 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
4116 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
4117 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
4118 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
4119 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
4120 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
4121 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
4122 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
4123 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
4124 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
4125 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
4126 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
4127 } else if (!(compositeType =
4128 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
4129 ;
4130 else {
4131 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4132 << LHSTy << RHSTy
4133 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4134 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
4135 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4136 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4137 return incompatTy;
4138 }
4139 // The object pointer types are compatible.
4140 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4141 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4142 return compositeType;
4143 }
4144 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
4145 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4146 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4147 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4148 QualType destPointee
4149 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
4150 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4151 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4152 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4153 // Promote to void*.
4154 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4155 return destType;
4156 }
4157 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4158 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4159 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4160 QualType destPointee
4161 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
4162 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4163 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4164 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4165 // Promote to void*.
4166 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4167 return destType;
4168 }
4169 return QualType();
4170}
4171
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004172/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00004173/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004174Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
4175 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4176 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
4177 ExprArg RHS) {
4178 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
4179 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004180
4181 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
4182 // was the condition.
4183 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
4184 if (isLHSNull)
4185 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004186
4187 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattnerdaaa9f22007-07-16 21:39:03 +00004188 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00004189 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004190 return ExprError();
4191
4192 Cond.release();
4193 LHS.release();
4194 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004195 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004196 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004197 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00004198}
4199
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004200// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004201// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004202// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
4203// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
4204// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004205Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004206Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004207 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004208
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004209 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4210 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4211 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4212 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4213 return Compatible;
4214 }
4215
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004216 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004217 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4218 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004219
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004220 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004221 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4222 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004223
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004224 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004225
4226 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
4227 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
4228 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianece85822009-02-17 18:27:45 +00004229 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004230 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004231 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004232
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004233 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
4234 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004235 // version of void...
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004236 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004237 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004238 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004239
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004240 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004241 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
4242 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004243 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004244
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004245 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004246 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004247 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004248
4249 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004250 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
4251 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004252 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004253 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004254 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004255 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4256 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4257 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
4258 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
4259 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
4260 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004261 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004262 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004263 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004264 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004265
4266 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004267 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004268 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004269 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004270
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004271 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
4272 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
4273 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
4274 // warning can be disabled.
4275 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
4276 return ConvTy;
4277 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
4278 }
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004279
4280 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
4281 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
4282 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
4283 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
4284 if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) {
4285 do {
4286 lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4287 rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4288
4289 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4290 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4291 } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType());
4292
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004293 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee))
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00004294 return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004295 }
4296
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004297 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004298 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004299 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004300 return ConvTy;
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004301}
4302
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004303/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
4304/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
4305/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
4306// types.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004307Sema::AssignConvertType
4308Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004309 QualType rhsType) {
4310 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004311
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004312 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004313 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4314 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004315
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004316 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4317 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4318 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004319
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004320 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004321
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004322 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004323 if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers())
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004324 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004325
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004326 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004327 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004328 return ConvTy;
4329}
4330
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004331/// CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types
4332/// for assignment compatibility.
4333Sema::AssignConvertType
4334Sema::CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
4335 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
4336 return Compatible;
4337 QualType lhptee =
4338 lhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4339 QualType rhptee =
4340 rhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4341 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4342 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4343 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4344 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
4345 return CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
4346
4347 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
4348 return Compatible;
4349 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4350 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
4351 return IncompatiblePointer;
4352}
4353
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004354/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
4355/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00004356/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
4357///
4358/// int a, *pint;
4359/// short *pshort;
4360/// struct foo *pfoo;
4361///
4362/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4363/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
4364/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
4365/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4366///
4367/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004368/// C99 spec dictates.
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00004369///
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004370Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004371Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004372 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
4373 // them.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004374 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
4375 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004376
4377 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerf5c973d2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00004378 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff44fd8ff2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00004379
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004380 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4381 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4382 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4383 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4384 return Compatible;
4385 }
4386
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004387 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
4388 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
4389 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
4390 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
4391 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
4392 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
4393 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004394 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004395 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson24ebce62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00004396 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004397 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahaniana1e34202007-12-19 17:45:58 +00004398 }
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004399 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
4400 // to the same ExtVector type.
4401 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4402 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
4403 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
4404 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
4405 return Compatible;
4406 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004407
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004408 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004409 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004410 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004411 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004412 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
4413 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004414 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004415 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004416 }
4417 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004418 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004419
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004420 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004421 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004422
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004423 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004424 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004425 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004426
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004427 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004428 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004429
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004430 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004431 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004432 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4433 return Compatible;
4434 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004435 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004436 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
4437 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004438 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004439
4440 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004441 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004442 return Compatible;
4443 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004444 return Incompatible;
4445 }
4446
4447 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4448 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedman8163b7a2009-02-25 04:20:42 +00004449 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004450
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004451 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004452 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004453 return Compatible;
4454
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004455 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4456 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004457
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004458 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004459 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004460 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004461 }
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004462 return Incompatible;
4463 }
4464
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004465 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4466 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
4467 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004468
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004469 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004470 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004471 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4472 return Compatible;
4473 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004474 }
4475 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004476 return CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004477 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004478 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004479 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
4480 return Compatible;
4481 }
4482 // Treat block pointers as objects.
4483 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4484 return Compatible;
4485 return Incompatible;
4486 }
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004487 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004488 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004489 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4490 return Compatible;
4491
4492 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004493 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004494
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004495 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004496 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004497
4498 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004499 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004500 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004501 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004502 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004503 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
4504 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
4505 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4506 return Compatible;
4507
4508 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
4509 return PointerToInt;
4510
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004511 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004512 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004513 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4514 return Compatible;
4515 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004516 }
4517 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004518 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004519 return Compatible;
4520 return Incompatible;
4521 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004522
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004523 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004524 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004525 return Compatible;
Bill Wendling216423b2007-05-30 06:30:29 +00004526 }
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004527 return Incompatible;
Steve Naroff9eb24652007-05-02 21:58:15 +00004528}
4529
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004530/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
4531/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004532static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004533 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
4534 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
4535 // of the transparent union.
4536 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
4537 &E, 1,
4538 SourceLocation());
4539 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
4540 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
4541
4542 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
4543 // union type from this initializer list.
4544 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
4545 false);
4546}
4547
4548Sema::AssignConvertType
4549Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
4550 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
4551
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004552 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004553 // transparent_union GCC extension.
4554 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004555 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004556 return Incompatible;
4557
4558 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
4559 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4560 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
4561 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004562 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4563 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004564 it != itend; ++it) {
4565 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
4566 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
4567 // 1) void pointer
4568 // 2) null pointer constant
4569 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004570 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004571 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004572 InitField = *it;
4573 break;
4574 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004575
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004576 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4577 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004578 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004579 InitField = *it;
4580 break;
4581 }
4582 }
4583
4584 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4585 == Compatible) {
4586 InitField = *it;
4587 break;
4588 }
4589 }
4590
4591 if (!InitField)
4592 return Incompatible;
4593
4594 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4595 return Compatible;
4596}
4597
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004598Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004599Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004600 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4601 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4602 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4603 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4604 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004605 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00004606 AA_Assigning))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004607 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner0d5640c2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004608 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004609 }
4610
4611 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4612 // structures.
4613 }
4614
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004615 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4616 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004617 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4618 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004619 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004620 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4621 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004622 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004623 return Compatible;
4624 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004625
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004626 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004627 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004628 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004629 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004630 //
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004631 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004632 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
4633 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004634
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004635 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4636 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004637
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004638 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4639 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004640 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4641 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4642 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4643 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004644 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004645 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4646 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004647 return result;
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004648}
4649
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004650QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004651 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004652 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004653 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004654 return QualType();
Steve Naroff6f49f5d2007-05-29 14:23:36 +00004655}
4656
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004657inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004658 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004659 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004660 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004661 QualType lhsType =
4662 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4663 QualType rhsType =
4664 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004665
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004666 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004667 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004668 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004669
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004670 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4671 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004672 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4673 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004674 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4675 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004676 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004677 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004678 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004679 }
4680 }
4681 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004682
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004683 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4684 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4685 bool swapped = false;
4686 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4687 swapped = true;
4688 std::swap(rex, lex);
4689 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4690 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004691
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004692 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004693 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004694 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4695 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4696 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004697 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004698 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4699 return lhsType;
4700 }
4701 }
4702 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4703 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4704 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004705 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004706 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4707 return lhsType;
4708 }
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004709 }
4710 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004711
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004712 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004713 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004714 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004715 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004716 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004717}
4718
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004719inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004720 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar060d5e22009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004721 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004722 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004723
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004724 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004725
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004726 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004727 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004728 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004729}
4730
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004731inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004732 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar0d2bfec2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004733 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4734 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4735 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4736 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4737 }
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004738
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004739 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004740
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004741 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004742 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004743 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004744}
4745
4746inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004747 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004748 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4749 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4750 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4751 return compType;
4752 }
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004753
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004754 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004755
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004756 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004757 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4758 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4759 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004760 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004761 }
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004762
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004763 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4764 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004765 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004766 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4767
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004768 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004769
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004770 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004771 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004772
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004773 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4774 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004775 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4776 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004777 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004778 return QualType();
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004779 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004780
4781 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4782 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4783 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004784 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004785 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4786 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4787 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
4788 return QualType();
4789 }
4790
4791 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4792 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4793 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004794 } else {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004795 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004796 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004797 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004798 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
4799 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004800 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
4801 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004802 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004803 return QualType();
4804 }
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004805 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4806 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4807 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4808 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
4809 return QualType();
4810 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004811
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004812 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004813 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4814 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4815 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4816 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4817 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004818 }
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004819 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
4820 }
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004821 return PExp->getType();
4822 }
4823 }
4824
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004825 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004826}
4827
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004828// C99 6.5.6
4829QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004830 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
4831 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4832 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4833 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4834 return compType;
4835 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004836
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004837 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004838
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004839 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004840
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004841 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004842 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
4843 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004844 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004845 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004846 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004847
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004848 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004849 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4eed7a12009-07-13 17:19:15 +00004850 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004851
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004852 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004853
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004854 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
4855 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
4856 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
4857 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4858 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4859 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4860 return QualType();
4861 }
4862
4863 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4864 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4865 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4866 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4867 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004868 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004869 return QualType();
4870 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004871
4872 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4873 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4874 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004875 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004876 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004877 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004878 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004879 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004880
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004881 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4882 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4883 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4884 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4885 return QualType();
4886 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004887
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004888 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004889 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4890 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4891 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4892 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4893 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4894 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004895 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004896 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4897
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004898 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004899 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004900 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004901
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004902 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004903 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman1974e532008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004904 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004905
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004906 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4907 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4908 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4909 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4910 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4911 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4912 return QualType();
4913 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004914
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004915 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4916 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4917 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4918 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004919 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004920 return QualType();
4921 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004922
4923 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4924 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4925 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4926 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4927 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004928 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
4929 << rex->getSourceRange()
4930 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004931 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004932
Eli Friedman168fe152009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004933 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4934 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4935 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4936 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4937 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4938 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4939 return QualType();
4940 }
4941 } else {
4942 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4943 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4944 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4945 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4946 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4947 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4948 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4949 return QualType();
4950 }
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004951 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004952
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004953 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4954 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4955 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4956 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4957 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004958 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004959 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004960
4961 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004962 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4963 }
4964 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004965
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004966 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004967}
4968
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004969// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004970QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004971 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004972 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4973 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004974 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004975
Nate Begemane46ee9a2009-10-25 02:26:48 +00004976 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
4977 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
4978 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4979
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004980 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4981 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004982 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4983 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4984 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4985 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4986 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004987 }
Chris Lattner3c133402007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004988 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004989 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004990
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004991 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004992
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004993 // Sanity-check shift operands
4994 llvm::APSInt Right;
4995 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar687fa862009-09-17 06:31:27 +00004996 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
4997 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn2f085712009-08-08 19:18:23 +00004998 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004999 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
5000 else {
5001 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
5002 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
5003 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
5004 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
5005 }
5006 }
5007
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005008 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005009 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005010}
5011
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005012/// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare.
5013///
5014/// \param lex the left-hand expression
5015/// \param rex the right-hand expression
5016/// \param OpLoc the location of the joining operator
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00005017/// \param Equality whether this is an "equality-like" join, which
5018/// suppresses the warning in some cases
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00005019void Sema::CheckSignCompare(Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005020 const PartialDiagnostic &PD, bool Equality) {
John McCalle2c91e62009-11-06 18:16:06 +00005021 // Don't warn if we're in an unevaluated context.
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00005022 if (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Unevaluated)
John McCalle2c91e62009-11-06 18:16:06 +00005023 return;
5024
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005025 QualType lt = lex->getType(), rt = rex->getType();
5026
5027 // Only warn if both operands are integral.
5028 if (!lt->isIntegerType() || !rt->isIntegerType())
5029 return;
5030
Sebastian Redl0b7c85f2009-11-05 21:09:23 +00005031 // If either expression is value-dependent, don't warn. We'll get another
5032 // chance at instantiation time.
5033 if (lex->isValueDependent() || rex->isValueDependent())
5034 return;
5035
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005036 // The rule is that the signed operand becomes unsigned, so isolate the
5037 // signed operand.
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005038 Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005039 if (lt->isSignedIntegerType()) {
5040 if (rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
5041 signedOperand = lex;
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005042 unsignedOperand = rex;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005043 } else {
5044 if (!rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
5045 signedOperand = rex;
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005046 unsignedOperand = lex;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005047 }
5048
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005049 // If the unsigned type is strictly smaller than the signed type,
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00005050 // then (1) the result type will be signed and (2) the unsigned
5051 // value will fit fully within the signed type, and thus the result
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005052 // of the comparison will be exact.
5053 if (Context.getIntWidth(signedOperand->getType()) >
5054 Context.getIntWidth(unsignedOperand->getType()))
5055 return;
5056
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005057 // If the value is a non-negative integer constant, then the
5058 // signed->unsigned conversion won't change it.
5059 llvm::APSInt value;
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00005060 if (signedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005061 assert(value.isSigned() && "result of signed expression not signed");
5062
5063 if (value.isNonNegative())
5064 return;
5065 }
5066
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005067 if (Equality) {
5068 // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00005069 // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand,
5070 // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not
5071 // change the result of the comparison.
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005072 if (unsignedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
5073 assert(!value.isSigned() && "result of unsigned expression is signed");
5074
5075 // 2's complement: test the top bit.
5076 if (value.isNonNegative())
5077 return;
5078 }
5079 }
5080
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00005081 Diag(OpLoc, PD)
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005082 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5083 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5084}
5085
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005086// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005087QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005088 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
5089 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
5090
Chris Lattner9a152e22009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005091 // Handle vector comparisons separately.
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005092 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005093 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005094
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005095 CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison,
5096 (Opc == BinaryOperator::EQ || Opc == BinaryOperator::NE));
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005097
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005098 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff47fea352007-08-10 18:26:40 +00005099 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
5100 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
5101 else {
5102 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5103 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
5104 }
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005105 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5106 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005107
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005108 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
5109 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005110 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5111 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5112 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005113 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenekde9e9682009-03-20 19:57:37 +00005114 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005115 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
5116 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
5117 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
5118 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenek9ffbe412009-03-20 18:35:45 +00005119 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
5120 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005121 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005122
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005123 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
5124 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
5125 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
5126 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005127
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005128 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
5129 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005130 Expr *literalString = 0;
5131 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005132 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005133 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5134 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005135 literalString = lex;
5136 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00005137 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
5138 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005139 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5140 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005141 literalString = rex;
5142 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
5143 }
5144
5145 if (literalString) {
5146 std::string resultComparison;
5147 switch (Opc) {
5148 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
5149 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
5150 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
5151 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
5152 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
5153 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
5154 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
5155 }
5156 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
5157 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
5158 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor170512f2009-04-01 23:51:29 +00005159 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
5160 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
5161 "strcmp(")
5162 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
5163 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005164 resultComparison);
5165 }
Ted Kremeneke451eae2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00005166 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005167
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005168 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner9a152e22009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005169 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy:Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005170
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005171 if (isRelational) {
5172 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005173 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005174 } else {
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00005175 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Chris Lattner9a152e22009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005176 if (lType->isFloatingType() && rType->isFloatingType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005177 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005178
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005179 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005180 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005181 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005182
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005183 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5184 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
5185 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5186 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005187
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005188 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
5189 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
5190 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff808eb8f2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00005191 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005192 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005193 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005194 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005195 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005196
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005197 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005198 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
5199 return ResultTy;
Fariborz Jahanianffc420c2009-12-21 18:19:17 +00005200 if (!isRelational &&
5201 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5202 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5203 // This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison.
5204 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5205 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5206 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5207 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5208 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5209 return ResultTy;
5210 }
5211 }
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005212 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
5213 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
5214 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
5215 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
5216 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
5217 //
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005218 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005219 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorb8420462009-05-05 04:50:50 +00005220 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005221 if (T.isNull()) {
5222 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5223 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5224 return QualType();
5225 }
5226
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005227 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5228 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005229 return ResultTy;
5230 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005231 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
5232 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
5233 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
5234 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
5235 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
5236 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
5237 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5238 }
5239 } else if (!isRelational &&
5240 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5241 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5242 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5243 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5244 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5245 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5246 }
5247 } else {
5248 // Invalid
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005249 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005250 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff75c17232007-06-13 21:41:08 +00005251 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005252 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005253 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005254 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005255 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005256
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005257 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005258 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005259 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005260 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005261 (lType->isPointerType() ||
5262 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005263 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005264 return ResultTy;
5265 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005266 if (LHSIsNull &&
5267 (rType->isPointerType() ||
5268 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005269 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005270 return ResultTy;
5271 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005272
5273 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005274 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005275 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
5276 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005277 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
5278 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
5279 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
5280 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
5281 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
5282 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
5283 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
5284 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005285 // types.
5286 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
5287 if (T.isNull()) {
5288 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5289 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5290 return QualType();
5291 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005292
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005293 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5294 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005295 return ResultTy;
5296 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005297
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005298 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005299 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
5300 return ResultTy;
5301 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005302
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005303 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005304 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005305 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5306 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005307
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005308 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00005309 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005310 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005311 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005312 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005313 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005314 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005315 }
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005316 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005317 if (!isRelational
5318 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
5319 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005320 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005321 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005322 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005323 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005324 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
5325 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
5326 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005327 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005328 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005329 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005330 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005331
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005332 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005333 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005334 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
5335 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005336 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005337 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005338 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005339 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005340
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005341 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
5342 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005343 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005344 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005345 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005346 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005347 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffea54d9e2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00005348 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005349 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005350 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005351 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5352 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005353 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005354 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffb788d9b2008-06-03 14:04:54 +00005355 }
Fariborz Jahanian134cbef2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00005356 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005357 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005358 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5359 if (RHSIsNull) {
5360 if (isRelational)
5361 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5362 } else if (isRelational)
5363 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5364 else
5365 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005366
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005367 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005368 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005369 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005370 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005371 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005372 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005373 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005374 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005375 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5376 if (LHSIsNull) {
5377 if (isRelational)
5378 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5379 } else if (isRelational)
5380 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5381 else
5382 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005383
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005384 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005385 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005386 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005387 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005388 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005389 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00005390 }
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005391 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005392 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
5393 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005394 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005395 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005396 }
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005397 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
5398 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005399 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005400 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005401 }
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005402 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005403}
5404
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005405/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005406/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005407/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
5408/// types.
5409QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005410 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005411 bool isRelational) {
5412 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
5413 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005414 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005415 if (vType.isNull())
5416 return vType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005417
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005418 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5419 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005420
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005421 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5422 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5423 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
5424 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
5425 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
5426 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
5427 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005428 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005429 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005430
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005431 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
5432 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
5433 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005434 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005435 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005436
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005437 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
5438 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
5439 // elements for floating point vectors.
5440 if (lType->isIntegerType())
5441 return lType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005442
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005443 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005444 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005445 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005446 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner5d688962009-03-31 07:46:52 +00005447 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005448 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5449
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005450 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005451 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005452 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5453}
5454
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005455inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005456 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff94a5aca2007-07-16 22:23:01 +00005457 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005458 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00005459
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005460 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005461
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00005462 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005463 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005464 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005465}
5466
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005467inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005468 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005469 if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5470 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5471 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005472
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005473 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
5474 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005475
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005476 return Context.IntTy;
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005477 }
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005478
5479 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
5480 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
5481 // The operands are both implicitly converted to type bool (clause 4).
5482 StandardConversionSequence LHS;
5483 if (!IsStandardConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy,
5484 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, LHS))
5485 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005486
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005487 if (PerformImplicitConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy, LHS,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005488 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005489 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5490
5491 StandardConversionSequence RHS;
5492 if (!IsStandardConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy,
5493 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, RHS))
5494 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5495
5496 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy, RHS,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005497 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005498 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5499
5500 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
5501 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
5502 // The result is a bool.
5503 return Context.BoolTy;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005504}
5505
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005506/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
5507/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
5508/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
5509///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005510static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005511 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
5512 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
5513 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
5514 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005515 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005516 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
5517 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
5518 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
5519 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005520 }
5521 }
5522 return false;
5523}
5524
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005525/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
5526/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
5527static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005528 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005529 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005530 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005531 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
5532 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005533 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
5534 return false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005535
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005536 unsigned Diag = 0;
5537 bool NeedType = false;
5538 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
5539 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
5540 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005541 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005542 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5543 NeedType = true;
5544 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005545 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005546 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5547 NeedType = true;
5548 break;
Chris Lattner9b3bbe92008-11-17 19:51:54 +00005549 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005550 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
5551 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005552 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005553 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5554 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005555 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
5556 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00005557 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00005558 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
5559 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005560 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005561 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
5562 break;
Steve Naroffba756cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00005563 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005564 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5565 break;
Fariborz Jahanian8a1810f2008-11-22 18:39:36 +00005566 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
5567 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
5568 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5118c412008-11-22 20:25:50 +00005569 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
5570 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
5571 break;
Fariborz Jahaniane8d28902009-12-15 23:59:41 +00005572 case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting:
5573 Diag = diag::error_no_subobject_property_setting;
5574 break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005575 }
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00005576
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005577 SourceRange Assign;
5578 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
5579 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005580 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005581 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005582 else
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005583 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005584 return true;
5585}
5586
5587
5588
5589// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005590QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
5591 SourceLocation Loc,
5592 QualType CompoundType) {
5593 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
5594 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005595 return QualType();
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005596
5597 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
5598 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005599
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005600 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005601 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005602 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005603 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005604 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
5605 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
5606 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005607 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005608 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005609 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005610 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005611
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005612 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
5613 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
5614 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005615 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005616 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
5617 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
5618 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
5619 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
5620 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005621 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005622 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005623 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
5624 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
5625 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnered9f14c2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00005626 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
5627 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005628 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
5629 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
5630 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005631 }
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005632 }
5633 } else {
5634 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb05c41e2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00005635 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005636 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005637
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005638 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005639 RHS, AA_Assigning))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005640 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005641
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005642 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
5643 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005644 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005645 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
5646 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005647 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005648 // operand.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005649 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005650}
5651
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005652// C99 6.5.17
5653QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattnerf6e1e302008-07-25 20:54:07 +00005654 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005655 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005656
5657 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
5658 // incomplete in C++).
5659
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005660 return RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff95af0132007-03-30 23:47:58 +00005661}
5662
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005663/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
5664/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005665QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5666 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005667 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5668 return Context.DependentTy;
5669
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005670 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
5671 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Steve Naroffd50c88e2007-04-05 21:15:20 +00005672
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005673 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
5674 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5675 if (!isInc) {
5676 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5677 return QualType();
5678 }
5679 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5680 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5681 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005682 // OK!
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005683 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5684 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005685
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005686 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005687 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005688 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5689 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5690 << Op->getSourceRange();
5691 return QualType();
5692 }
5693
5694 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005695 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005696 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005697 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5698 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5699 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5700 return QualType();
5701 }
5702
5703 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005704 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005705 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005706 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005707 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005708 << ResType))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005709 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianca75db72009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005710 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5711 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5712 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5713 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5714 return QualType();
5715 }
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005716 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
5717 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5718 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005719 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005720 } else {
5721 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Douglas Gregor906db8a2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00005722 << ResType << int(isInc) << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005723 return QualType();
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +00005724 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005725 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff9e1e5512007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005726 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005727 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005728 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005729 return ResType;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005730}
5731
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005732/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005733/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005734/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5735/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5736/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5737/// - &(x) => x
5738/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5739/// - &s.xx => s
5740/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5741/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5742/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5743/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005744static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005745 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005746 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005747 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005748 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005749 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5750 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5751 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005752 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005753 return 0;
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005754 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005755 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005756 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005757 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5758 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005759 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5760 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5761 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5762 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5763 }
5764 return 0;
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005765 }
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005766 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5767 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005768
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005769 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005770 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5771 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5772 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5773 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5774 default:
5775 return 0;
5776 }
5777 }
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005778 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005779 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005780 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005781 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5782 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005783 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005784 default:
5785 return 0;
5786 }
5787}
5788
5789/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005790/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005791/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005792/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00005793/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005794/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005795/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005796QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005797 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5798 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5799
Douglas Gregor19b8c4f2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005800 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5801 return Context.DependentTy;
5802
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005803 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5804 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5805 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5806 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5807 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5808 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5809 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5810 }
5811 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5812 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5813 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005814 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner67315442008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005815 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes17f345f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005816
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005817 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5818 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005819 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005820 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005821 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005822 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
5823 << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005824 return QualType();
5825 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00005826 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005827 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
5828 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5829 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00005830 return QualType();
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005831 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
5832 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005833 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005834 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005835 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005836 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian385db802009-07-07 18:50:52 +00005837 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
5838 // cannot take address of a property expression.
5839 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5840 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
5841 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson3fa58d12009-09-14 23:15:26 +00005842 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
5843 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson01ccf992009-09-15 16:03:44 +00005844 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
5845 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005846 } else if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(op)) {
5847 return Context.OverloadTy;
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005848 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005849 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005850 // with the register storage-class specifier.
5851 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005852 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005853 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5854 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005855 return QualType();
5856 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005857 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005858 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005859 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor9aa8b552008-12-10 21:26:49 +00005860 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005861 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
5862 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005863 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005864 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005865 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
5866 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005867 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005868 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
5869 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
5870 return QualType();
5871 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005872
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005873 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5874 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005875 }
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005876 }
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005877 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes5773a1b2008-12-16 22:58:26 +00005878 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005879 // As above.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005880 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
5881 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005882 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5883 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
5884 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Steve Narofff633d092007-04-25 19:01:39 +00005885 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005886 }
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005887
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005888 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5889 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
5890 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
5891 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
5892 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
5893 }
5894
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005895 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005896 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005897}
5898
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005899QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005900 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5901 return Context.DependentTy;
5902
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005903 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
5904 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005905
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005906 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
5907 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
5908 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
5909 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005910 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005911 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005912
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005913 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanianf15d4b62009-09-03 00:43:07 +00005914 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005915
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005916 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005917 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005918 return QualType();
Steve Naroff1926c832007-04-24 00:23:05 +00005919}
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005920
5921static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
5922 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5923 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5924 switch (Kind) {
5925 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005926 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
5927 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005928 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
5929 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
5930 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
5931 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
5932 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
5933 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
5934 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
5935 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
5936 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
5937 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
5938 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
5939 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
5940 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
5941 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
5942 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
5943 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
5944 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
5945 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
5946 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
5947 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
5948 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
5949 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
5950 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
5951 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
5952 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
5953 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
5954 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
5955 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
5956 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
5957 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
5958 }
5959 return Opc;
5960}
5961
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005962static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
5963 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5964 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5965 switch (Kind) {
5966 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
5967 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
5968 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
5969 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
5970 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
5971 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
5972 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
5973 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
5974 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005975 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
5976 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
Chris Lattnerd0f76512007-06-08 22:16:53 +00005977 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005978 }
5979 return Opc;
5980}
5981
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005982/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
5983/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
5984/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005985Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5986 unsigned Op,
5987 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005988 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005989 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005990 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
5991 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
5992 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005993
5994 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005995 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
5996 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
5997 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005998 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
5999 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
6000 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
6001 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
6002 break;
6003 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006004 case BinaryOperator::Div:
6005 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6006 break;
6007 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
6008 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6009 break;
6010 case BinaryOperator::Add:
6011 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6012 break;
6013 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
6014 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6015 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006016 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006017 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
6018 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6019 break;
6020 case BinaryOperator::LE:
6021 case BinaryOperator::LT:
6022 case BinaryOperator::GE:
6023 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006024 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006025 break;
6026 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
6027 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006028 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006029 break;
6030 case BinaryOperator::And:
6031 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
6032 case BinaryOperator::Or:
6033 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6034 break;
6035 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
6036 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
6037 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6038 break;
6039 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
6040 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006041 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6042 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6043 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6044 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006045 break;
6046 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006047 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6048 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6049 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6050 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006051 break;
6052 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006053 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6054 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6055 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006056 break;
6057 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006058 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6059 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6060 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006061 break;
6062 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
6063 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006064 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6065 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6066 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6067 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006068 break;
6069 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
6070 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
6071 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006072 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6073 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6074 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6075 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006076 break;
6077 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
6078 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6079 break;
6080 }
6081 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006082 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006083 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006084 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
6085 else
6086 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006087 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
6088 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006089}
6090
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006091/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
6092/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006093static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
6094 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
6095 SourceRange ParenRange)
6096{
6097 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
6098 if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
6099 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
6100 // warning/error and return.
6101 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
6102 return;
6103 }
6104
6105 Self.Diag(Loc, PD)
6106 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
6107 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
6108}
6109
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006110/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
6111/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
6112/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
6113/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006114static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6115 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006116 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
6117 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
6118 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
6119 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006120 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006121 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006122 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
6123
6124 // Subs are not binary operators.
6125 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
6126 return;
6127
6128 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
6129 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006130 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
6131 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006132 return;
6133
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006134 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006135 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
6136 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006137 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
6138 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
6139 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()));
6140 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006141 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
6142 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006143 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
6144 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
6145 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()));
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006146}
6147
6148/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
6149/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
6150/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
6151static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6152 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006153 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006154 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
6155}
6156
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006157// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006158Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
6159 tok::TokenKind Kind,
6160 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006161 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006162 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006163
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00006164 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
6165 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006166
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006167 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
6168 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
6169
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006170 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
6171}
6172
6173Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6174 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6175 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006176 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006177 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006178 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
6179 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6180 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6181 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6182 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00006183 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006184 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
6185 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006186 if (S)
6187 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
6188 Functions);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006189 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006190 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006191 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00006192 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00006193 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006194
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006195 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
6196 // binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006197 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006198 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006199
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006200 // Build a built-in binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006201 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006202}
6203
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006204Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006205 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006206 ExprArg InputArg) {
6207 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006208
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00006209 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006210 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006211 QualType resultType;
6212 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006213 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
6214 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
6215 break;
6216
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006217 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
6218 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006219 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
6220 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00006221 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006222 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
6223 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006224 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006225 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006226 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006227 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006228 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffb7235642007-12-18 04:06:57 +00006229 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006230 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006231 break;
6232 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
6233 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006234 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6235 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006236 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6237 break;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006238 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
6239 break;
6240 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
6241 resultType->isEnumeralType())
6242 break;
6243 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
6244 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
6245 resultType->isPointerType())
6246 break;
6247
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006248 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6249 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006250 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006251 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6252 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006253 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6254 break;
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006255 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
6256 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
6257 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006258 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00006259 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006260 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006261 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6262 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006263 break;
6264 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00006265 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006266 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
6267 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006268 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6269 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006270 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006271 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6272 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerbe31ed82007-06-02 19:11:33 +00006273 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006274 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
6275 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006276 break;
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006277 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006278 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00006279 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006280 break;
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006281 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006282 resultType = Input->getType();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00006283 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006284 }
6285 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006286 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006287
6288 InputArg.release();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006289 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006290}
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006291
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006292Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6293 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6294 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006295 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Anders Carlsson461a2c02009-11-14 21:26:41 +00006296 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
6297 Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006298 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6299 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6300 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6301 // the arguments.
6302 FunctionSet Functions;
6303 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
6304 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006305 if (S)
6306 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
6307 Functions);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006308 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006309 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00006310 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, &Input, 1, Functions);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006311 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006312
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006313 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
6314 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006315
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006316 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
6317}
6318
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006319// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
6320Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6321 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
6322 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input));
6323}
6324
Steve Naroff66356bd2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00006325/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006326Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6327 SourceLocation LabLoc,
6328 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006329 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner3318e862009-04-18 20:01:55 +00006330 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006331
Daniel Dunbar88402ce2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00006332 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
6333 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroff846b1ec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00006334 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006335 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006336
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006337 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006338 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
6339 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006340}
6341
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006342Sema::OwningExprResult
6343Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
6344 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
6345 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006346 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
6347 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
6348
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00006349 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattnera69b0762009-04-25 19:11:05 +00006350 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006351 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00006352
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006353 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
6354 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
6355 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006356
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006357 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
6358 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
6359 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006360
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006361 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
6362 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
6363 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
6364 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
6365 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006366
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006367 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006368 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006369 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006370
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006371 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
6372 // expressions are not lvalues.
6373
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006374 substmt.release();
6375 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006376}
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006377
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006378Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
6379 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6380 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
6381 TypeTy *argty,
6382 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
6383 unsigned NumComponents,
6384 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6385 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
6386 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006387 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6388 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006389 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006390
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006391 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
6392
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006393 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
6394 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
6395 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006396 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006397 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006398
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006399 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
6400 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor26897462009-03-11 16:48:53 +00006401
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006402 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
6403 // the offsetof designators.
6404 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
6405 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006406 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006407 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman16c88df2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00006408
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006409 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
6410 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006411 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
6412 // a system header!
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006413 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00006414 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
6415 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006416
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006417 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedman8469bc72009-05-03 21:22:18 +00006418 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006419
John McCall9eff4e62009-11-04 03:03:43 +00006420 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(),
6421 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
6422 return ExprError();
6423
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006424 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
6425 // leaks like a sieve.
6426 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
6427 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
6428 if (OC.isBrackets) {
6429 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
6430 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
6431 if (!AT) {
6432 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006433 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
6434 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006435 }
6436
6437 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
6438
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006439 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
6440 // expression.
6441 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
6442
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006443 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
6444 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006445 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006446 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006447 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00006448 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006449 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006450
6451 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
6452 OC.LocEnd);
6453 continue;
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006454 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006455
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006456 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006457 if (!RC) {
6458 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006459 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
6460 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006461 }
Chris Lattner98dbf0a2007-08-30 17:59:59 +00006462
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006463 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
6464 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006465 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00006466 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD &&
6467 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc,
6468 PDiag(diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
6469 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
6470 << Res->getType()))
6471 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006472 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006473
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00006474 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
6475 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00006476
John McCall67c00872009-12-02 08:25:40 +00006477 FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>();
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006478 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006479 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00006480 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
6481 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006482
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006483 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
6484 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006485 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00006486 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
John McCall7e1d6d72009-11-11 03:23:23 +00006487 OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006488 } else {
Eli Friedman78cde142009-12-04 07:18:51 +00006489 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Res, MemberDecl);
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006490 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
6491 // doesn't matter here.
6492 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
6493 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
6494 }
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006495 }
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006496 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006497
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006498 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
6499 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006500}
6501
6502
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006503Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6504 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
6505 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006506 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6507 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
6508 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006509
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006510 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006511
Douglas Gregorf907cbf2009-05-19 22:28:02 +00006512 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6513 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
6514 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
6515 return ExprError();
6516 }
6517
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006518 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
6519 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006520}
6521
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006522Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6523 ExprArg cond,
6524 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
6525 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6526 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
6527 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
6528 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006529
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006530 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
6531
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006532 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006533 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor0df91122009-05-19 22:43:30 +00006534 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006535 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006536 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006537 } else {
6538 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
6539 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
6540 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
6541 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006542 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
6543 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
6544 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006545
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006546 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
6547 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006548 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
6549 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006550 }
6551
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006552 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
6553 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006554 resType, RPLoc,
6555 resType->isDependentType(),
6556 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006557}
6558
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006559//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6560// Clang Extensions.
6561//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6562
6563/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006564void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006565 // Analyze block parameters.
6566 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006567
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006568 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
6569 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
6570 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006571
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006572 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006573 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpa6703322009-02-19 22:01:56 +00006574 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbarb9a68612009-07-29 01:59:17 +00006575 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006576 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
6577 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006578
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006579 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Ted Kremenek54ad1ab2009-12-07 22:01:30 +00006580 CurContext->addDecl(BSI->TheDecl);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00006581 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006582}
6583
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006584void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00006585 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006586
6587 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
6588 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006589 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006590 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
6591
Mike Stumpd456c482009-04-28 01:10:27 +00006592 if (T->isArrayType()) {
6593 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6594 diag::err_block_returns_array);
6595 return;
6596 }
6597
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006598 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
6599 if (!T->isFunctionType())
6600 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
6601
6602 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
6603 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006604 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006605 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006606 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006607 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006608 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6609 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006610 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006611
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006612 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6613 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6614 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6615 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6616 return;
6617 }
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006618 return;
6619 }
6620
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006621 // Analyze arguments to block.
6622 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
6623 "Not a function declarator!");
6624 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006625
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006626 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
6627 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006628
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006629 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
6630 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
6631 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
6632 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006633 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
6634 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006635 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006636 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006637 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
6638 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006639 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006640 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006641 }
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006642 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006643 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian960910a2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00006644 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006645 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006646 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
6647 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
6648 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
6649 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
6650 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006651
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006652 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006653 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006654 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006655 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006656 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006657 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6658 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006659
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006660 // Analyze the return type.
6661 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006662 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006663
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006664 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6665 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6666 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6667 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6668 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006669 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006670}
6671
6672/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
6673/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
6674void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
6675 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6676 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006677
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006678 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
6679
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006680 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner41b86942009-04-21 22:38:46 +00006681 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006682 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006683 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006684}
6685
6686/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
6687/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006688Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
6689 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9eac9312009-03-27 04:18:06 +00006690 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
6691 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
6692 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006693
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006694 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6695 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006696
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006697 PopDeclContext();
6698
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006699 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
6700 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006701
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006702 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006703 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
6704 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006705
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006706 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
6707 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
6708 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006709
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006710 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006711 QualType BlockTy;
6712 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006713 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6714 NoReturn);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006715 else
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006716 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006717 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6718 NoReturn);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006719
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006720 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006721 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006722 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006723
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006724 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
6725 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
6726 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
6727 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006728
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006729 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006730 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006731 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
6732 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006733}
6734
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006735Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6736 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
6737 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006738 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006739 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
6740 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006741
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006742 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006743
6744 // Get the va_list type
6745 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006746 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
6747 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
6748 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
6749 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006750 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006751 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
6752 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
6753 } else {
6754 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
6755 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006756 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006757 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006758 return ExprError();
6759 }
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006760
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006761 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
6762 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006763 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
6764 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006765 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner3f5cd772009-04-05 00:59:53 +00006766 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006767
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006768 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006769 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006770
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006771 expr.release();
6772 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
6773 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006774}
6775
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006776Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006777 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
6778 // pointers on the target.
6779 QualType Ty;
6780 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
6781 Ty = Context.IntTy;
6782 else
6783 Ty = Context.LongTy;
6784
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006785 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006786}
6787
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006788static void
6789MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(Sema& SemaRef,
6790 QualType DstType,
6791 Expr *SrcExpr,
6792 CodeModificationHint &Hint) {
6793 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
6794 return;
6795
6796 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6797 if (!PT)
6798 return;
6799
6800 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
6801 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
6802 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
6803 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
6804 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
6805 return;
6806 }
6807
6808 // Strip off any parens and casts.
6809 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
6810 if (!SL || SL->isWide())
6811 return;
6812
6813 Hint = CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
6814}
6815
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006816bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6817 SourceLocation Loc,
6818 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00006819 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action) {
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006820 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
6821 bool isInvalid = false;
6822 unsigned DiagKind;
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006823 CodeModificationHint Hint;
6824
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006825 switch (ConvTy) {
6826 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
6827 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006828 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006829 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
6830 break;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006831 case IntToPointer:
6832 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
6833 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006834 case IncompatiblePointer:
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006835 MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006836 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
6837 break;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00006838 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
6839 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
6840 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006841 case FunctionVoidPointer:
6842 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
6843 break;
6844 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00006845 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
6846 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
6847 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
6848 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
6849 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
6850 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
6851 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
6852 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
6853 // C++ semantics.
6854 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6855 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
6856 return false;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006857 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
6858 break;
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00006859 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
Fariborz Jahanianb98dade2009-11-09 22:16:37 +00006860 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00006861 break;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006862 case IntToBlockPointer:
6863 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
6864 break;
6865 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd79b5a82009-04-21 22:51:42 +00006866 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006867 break;
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006868 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006869 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006870 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
6871 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
6872 break;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00006873 case IncompatibleVectors:
6874 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
6875 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006876 case Incompatible:
6877 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
6878 isInvalid = true;
6879 break;
6880 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006881
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00006882 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Action
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006883 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006884 return isInvalid;
6885}
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006886
Chris Lattnerc71d08b2009-04-25 21:59:05 +00006887bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006888 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
6889 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
6890 if (Result)
6891 *Result = ICEResult;
6892 return false;
6893 }
6894
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006895 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
6896
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006897 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006898 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
6899 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
6900
6901 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
6902 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
6903 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
6904 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
6905 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
6906 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
6907 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006908
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006909 return true;
6910 }
6911
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006912 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
6913 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006914
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006915 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
6916 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
6917 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006918
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006919 if (Result)
6920 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
6921 return false;
6922}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006923
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006924void
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006925Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006926 ExprEvalContexts.push_back(
6927 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(NewContext, ExprTemporaries.size()));
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006928}
6929
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006930void
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006931Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() {
6932 // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack.
6933 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back();
6934 ExprEvalContexts.pop_back();
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006935
Douglas Gregorfab31f42009-12-12 07:57:52 +00006936 if (Rec.Context == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
6937 if (Rec.PotentiallyReferenced) {
6938 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
6939 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
6940 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
6941 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator
6942 I = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->begin(),
6943 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->end();
6944 I != IEnd; ++I)
6945 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
6946 }
6947
6948 if (Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed) {
6949 // Emit any pending diagnostics.
6950 for (PotentiallyEmittedDiagnostics::iterator
6951 I = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->begin(),
6952 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->end();
6953 I != IEnd; ++I)
6954 Diag(I->first, I->second);
6955 }
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006956 }
6957
6958 // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any
6959 // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of
6960 // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they
6961 // will never be constructed.
6962 if (Rec.Context == Unevaluated &&
6963 ExprTemporaries.size() > Rec.NumTemporaries)
6964 ExprTemporaries.erase(ExprTemporaries.begin() + Rec.NumTemporaries,
6965 ExprTemporaries.end());
6966
6967 // Destroy the popped expression evaluation record.
6968 Rec.Destroy();
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006969}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006970
6971/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
6972///
6973/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
6974/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
6975/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
6976/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
6977///
6978/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
6979///
6980/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
6981void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
6982 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006983
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006984 if (D->isUsed())
6985 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006986
Douglas Gregor3beaf9b2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00006987 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
6988 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
6989 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
6990 // -Wunused-parameters)
6991 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
6992 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()))
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006993 D->setUsed(true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006994
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006995 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
6996 // an instantiation.
6997 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
6998 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006999
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007000 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007001 case Unevaluated:
7002 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
7003 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007004
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007005 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7006 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
7007 // "used"; handle this below.
7008 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007009
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007010 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7011 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
7012 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
7013 // potentially evaluated.
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007014 ExprEvalContexts.back().addReferencedDecl(Loc, D);
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007015 return;
7016 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007017
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007018 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian3a363432009-06-22 17:30:33 +00007019 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007020 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian18eb69a2009-06-22 20:37:23 +00007021 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
7022 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7023 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007024 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Douglas Gregor507eb872009-12-22 00:34:07 +00007025 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007026 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7027 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
7028 }
Anders Carlsson82fccd02009-12-07 08:24:59 +00007029
7030 MaybeMarkVirtualMembersReferenced(Loc, Constructor);
Fariborz Jahanian24a175b2009-06-26 23:49:16 +00007031 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
7032 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
7033 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007034
Fariborz Jahanian41f79272009-06-25 21:45:19 +00007035 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
7036 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7037 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
7038 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
7039 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
7040 }
7041 }
Fariborz Jahanian49796cc72009-06-24 22:09:44 +00007042 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007043 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor4adbc6d2009-06-26 00:10:03 +00007044 // class templates.
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007045 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007046 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
7047 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
7048 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
7049 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7050 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007051 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
7052 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007053 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
7054 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
7055 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
7056 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7057 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007058 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
7059 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007060 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
7061 }
7062
7063 if (!AlreadyInstantiated)
7064 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
7065 }
7066
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007067 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007068 Function->setUsed(true);
7069 return;
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007070 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007071
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007072 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007073 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007074 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007075 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
7076 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
7077 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
7078 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
7079 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
7080 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
7081 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
7082 }
7083 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007084
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007085 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007086
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007087 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007088 return;
Sam Weinigbae69142009-09-11 03:29:30 +00007089 }
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007090}
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007091
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007092/// \brief Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior
7093/// of the program being compiled.
7094///
7095/// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being
7096/// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a
7097/// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof()
7098/// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not
7099/// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or,
7100/// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated
7101/// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it
7102/// later.
7103///
7104/// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time
7105/// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis.
7106/// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures
7107/// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid.
7108bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc,
7109 const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
7110 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context ) {
7111 case Unevaluated:
7112 // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain.
7113 break;
7114
7115 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7116 Diag(Loc, PD);
7117 return true;
7118
7119 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7120 ExprEvalContexts.back().addDiagnostic(Loc, PD);
7121 break;
7122 }
7123
7124 return false;
7125}
7126
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007127bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
7128 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
7129 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
7130 return false;
7131
7132 PartialDiagnostic Note =
7133 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
7134 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
7135 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
7136
7137 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
7138 FD ?
7139 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
7140 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
7141 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
7142 << CE->getSourceRange(),
7143 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
7144 return true;
7145
7146 return false;
7147}
7148
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007149// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
7150// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
7151void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
7152 SourceLocation Loc;
7153
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007154 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
7155
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007156 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
7157 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
7158 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
7159 return;
7160
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007161 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
7162 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
7163 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
7164 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
7165
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007166 // self = [<foo> init...]
7167 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS())
7168 && Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init"))
7169 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7170
7171 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
7172 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() &&
7173 Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject")
7174 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7175 }
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007176
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007177 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7178 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
7179 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
7180 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
7181 return;
7182
7183 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7184 } else {
7185 // Not an assignment.
7186 return;
7187 }
7188
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007189 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCalle724ae92009-10-12 22:25:59 +00007190 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007191
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007192 Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007193 << E->getSourceRange()
7194 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
7195 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
7196}
7197
7198bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
7199 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
7200
7201 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
7202 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
7203
7204 QualType T = E->getType();
7205
7206 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
7207 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
7208 return true;
7209 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
7210 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
7211 << T << E->getSourceRange();
7212 return true;
7213 }
7214 }
7215
7216 return false;
7217}